What's New in London 2018

Stumble this
 
 
 
 
Previous image

Manhattan Loft Gardens Design Hotel

Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft Corporation

Next image
Manhattan Loft Gardens Design Hotel
Wahlburgers
RAF Museum
Vintry & Mercer Hotel
Manhattan Loft Gardens Design Hotel
Bankside Hotel
Manhattan Loft Gardens Design Hotel
Eccleston Place by Tart London
London Shuffle Club
Bankside Hotel
The Dixon
Vintry & Mercer Hotel
Coal Drops Yard
Vintry & Mercer Hotel
 

 

London is a hotbed of new openings from destination restaurants to designer hotels, from quirky cafes to stylish shops. Find out about the hottest openings in town - if it's new and newsworthy, it's here.

 
Show Recently Opened

Upcoming London Openings

 
 
 

Puttshack

Opens 22nd June 2018

Puttshack Opens 22nd June 2018 Puttshack, the super tech indoor mini-golf experience, is launching at Westfield London on Friday 22nd June 2018. Brought to you by the brains behind Bounce and the tech whizzes behind global phenomenon Topgolf, Puttshack takes mini-golf to a whole new level - and you'll never get away with cheating again. Seven years in the making, the 15 million pound project is sprawled across 20,000 square feet - part of the 600 million pound Westfield London expansion which adds 90 new outlets to the west London shopping mall. At Puttshack you not only get four interactive nine hole courses, you'll also find a 750-capacity rum bar and restaurant where the menu, curated by Richard Edney, includes vegetarian and vegan dishes with florentine pizza and bao steamed buns among the choices. Adam Breeden, co-founder of Bounce, Flight Club, All Star Lanes and now Puttshack, is clearly king of Social Sports in London. 2018/06/22 Where:
Puttshack, Westfield London, Relay Square London, W12 7GF
Category: Golf

Puttshack, Westfield , Relay Square, London, W12 7GF

Tube: Wood Lane Station, Shepherd's Bush Market Station (Hammersmith and City Line), Shepherd's Bush Station (Central)

 
 

Puttshack, the super tech indoor mini-golf experience, is launching at Westfield London on Friday 22nd June 2018.

Brought to you by the brains behind Bounce and the tech whizzes behind global phenomenon Topgolf, Puttshack takes mini-golf to a whole new level - and you'll never get away with cheating again. Seven years in the making, the 15 million pound project is sprawled across 20,000 square feet - part of the 600 million pound Westfield London expansion which adds 90 new outlets to the west London shopping mall. At Puttshack you not only get four interactive nine hole courses, you'll also find a 750-capacity rum bar and restaurant where the menu, curated by Richard Edney, includes vegetarian and vegan dishes with florentine pizza and bao steamed buns among the choices. Adam Breeden, co-founder of Bounce, Flight Club, All Star Lanes and now Puttshack, is clearly king of Social Sports in London.
 
 
 

Savage Garden

Opens June 2018

Savage Garden Opens June 2018 Savage Garden opens on 25th June 2018 | Opening offer: 50% off food and 25% off drinks 14th to 25th June 2018. A sky-high bar, 12 storeys above the City, and far removed from the corporate streets below, Savage Garden is an all-day bar and cocktail lounge, located atop the DoubleTree by Hilton - Tower of London. From your plush velvet seat you get 360-degree views over landmarks like The Shard, Tower of London, The Gherkin and St. Paul's Cathedral. Going with the theme of 'uncontrolled Savage Garden', the colour scheme assaults the senses with soft lavenders and rose pinks set off by burnt oranges. Outside, a large all-weather north facing terrace, available for private hire, is set-up for all seasons thanks to its retractable roof. So you can lunch al fresco and enjoy sundown cocktails in the summer or sip on hot toddies while watching the fireworks come autumn. A second south gin terrace is the perfect place to while away warmer days. 2018/06/25 Where:
Savage Garden, 7 Pepys Street London, EC3N 4AF
Category: Bars

Savage Garden, 7 Pepys Street, London, EC3N 4AF

Tube: Tower Hill Station, Aldgate Station

 
 

Savage Garden opens on 25th June 2018 | Opening offer: 50% off food and 25% off drinks 14th to 25th June 2018.

A sky-high bar, 12 storeys above the City, and far removed from the corporate streets below, Savage Garden is an all-day bar and cocktail lounge, located atop the DoubleTree by Hilton - Tower of London. From your plush velvet seat you get 360-degree views over landmarks like The Shard, Tower of London, The Gherkin and St. Paul's Cathedral. Going with the theme of 'uncontrolled Savage Garden', the colour scheme assaults the senses with soft lavenders and rose pinks set off by burnt oranges. Outside, a large all-weather north facing terrace, available for private hire, is set-up for all seasons thanks to its retractable roof. So you can lunch al fresco and enjoy sundown cocktails in the summer or sip on hot toddies while watching the fireworks come autumn. A second south gin terrace is the perfect place to while away warmer days.
 
 
 
 

Grays & Feather

Opens Early summer 2018

Grays & Feather Opens Early summer 2018 Grays & Feather opens in Covent Garden in summer 2018. Specialising in sparkling wines Grays & Feather offers an exploration, education and, most importantly, enjoyment - without breaking the bank - of fizz. From the rolling hills of England to the southern peaks of Patagonia, their huge library of bubbly take guests on a journey around the world. Set up by sparkling wine expert Andrew Gray, Grays & Feather takes its name his successful wine merchant business of the same name, found online and at the Southbank Food Market. At this Covent Garden site he showcases undiscovered and unusual wines from small, hidden experimental winemakers from across the globe, complemented by a menu of small plates. 2018/06/30 Where:
Grays & Feather, 26 Wellington Street London, WC2E 7DD
Category: Wine Bars

Grays & Feather, 26 Wellington Street, London, WC2E 7DD

Tube: Covent Garden Station, Temple Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairs

Grays & Feather opens in Covent Garden in summer 2018.

Specialising in sparkling wines Grays & Feather offers an exploration, education and, most importantly, enjoyment - without breaking the bank - of fizz. From the rolling hills of England to the southern peaks of Patagonia, their huge library of bubbly take guests on a journey around the world. Set up by sparkling wine expert Andrew Gray, Grays & Feather takes its name his successful wine merchant business of the same name, found online and at the Southbank Food Market. At this Covent Garden site he showcases undiscovered and unusual wines from small, hidden experimental winemakers from across the globe, complemented by a menu of small plates.
 
 
 

Hard Rock Hotel London

Opens 2018

Hard Rock Hotel London Opens 2018 The Hard Rock Hotel London opens in 2018. How apt that a place once frequented by guitar legend Jimi Hendrix will become the Hard Rock Hotel London. A conversion of the existing Cumberland Hotel, and a short walk from the Hard Rock Cafe, the hotel will, not surprisingly, turn up the rock n roll factor with live music events by both local and international musicians. Guests arriving at the 900-room Hard Rock Hotel, which is at Marble Arch and so benefits from those panoramic views over Hyde Park, will walk into at a vast, welcoming lobby lounge - a place that's made for cocktails and live music. As you'd expect from the Hard Rock, a brand which has made its name with this sort of thing, there'll be curated memorabilia on displayed in the hotel and a memorabilia vault, housing some of Hard Rock's 80,000 or so historical pieces. An on-site Hard Rock Cafe and a Rock Shop, spa, restaurant and speakeasy bar plus free unlimited Wi-Fi complete the package. A hotel in the spirit of Hendrix. 2018/06/30 Where:
Hard Rock Hotel London, Great Cumberland Place London, W1H 7DL
Category: New Hotels

Hard Rock Hotel London, Great Cumberland Place, London, W1H 7DL

Tube: Marble Arch Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairs

The Hard Rock Hotel London opens in 2018.

How apt that a place once frequented by guitar legend Jimi Hendrix will become the Hard Rock Hotel London. A conversion of the existing Cumberland Hotel, and a short walk from the Hard Rock Cafe, the hotel will, not surprisingly, turn up the rock n roll factor with live music events by both local and international musicians. Guests arriving at the 900-room Hard Rock Hotel, which is at Marble Arch and so benefits from those panoramic views over Hyde Park, will walk into at a vast, welcoming lobby lounge - a place that's made for cocktails and live music. As you'd expect from the Hard Rock, a brand which has made its name with this sort of thing, there'll be curated memorabilia on displayed in the hotel and a memorabilia vault, housing some of Hard Rock's 80,000 or so historical pieces. An on-site Hard Rock Cafe and a Rock Shop, spa, restaurant and speakeasy bar plus free unlimited Wi-Fi complete the package. A hotel in the spirit of Hendrix.
 
 
 

RAF Museum

Opens 30th June 2018

RAF Museum Opens 30th June 2018 RAF Museum officially opens its newly transformed London site on Saturday 30th June 2018. 2018 marks the centenary of the Royal Air Force and, coinciding with the celebrations, RAF Museum underwent a multi-million pound redevelopment. Here you can test your flying skills, explore RAF stories, sit inside a cockpit and explore three immersive exhibitions which highlight the stories of the people in the blue uniforms. The 2018 upgrade also added landscaped green spaces, children's playground and a restaurant. Britain's National Museum of Aviation, or RAF Museum, comprises several hundred thousand objects ranging in size from aircraft to lapel badges, and spanning more than a century of aviation history. The Historic Hangars, listed buildings that were part of the old Hendon Aerodrome, contain five exhibitions with an impressive collection of over 100 full-sized aircraft, some suspended from the ceiling, as if in flight. Helicopters, water landing aeroplanes, fighters and bombers, past and present, are all on display. The Battle Britain tells the story of the RAF's historic fight against Germany in the 1940's, featuring a de Havilland Tiger Moth II, the world's most famous training aircraft, a Hawker Hurricane and Supermarine Spitfire among the very planes that went to war. The museum also houses an Aeronauts Interactive Centre with over 40 hands on experiments showing how an aeroplane weighing hundreds of tonnes can stay in the sky with real and simulated cockpits to sit in. Kids and plane enthusiasts alike will love it. 2018/06/30 Where:
RAF Museum, Grahame Park Way, Hendon London, NW9 5LL
Category: Museums

RAF Museum, Grahame Park Way, Hendon, London, NW9 5LL

Tube: Colindale Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairs

RAF Museum officially opens its newly transformed London site on Saturday 30th June 2018.

2018 marks the centenary of the Royal Air Force and, coinciding with the celebrations, RAF Museum underwent a multi-million pound redevelopment. Here you can test your flying skills, explore RAF stories, sit inside a cockpit and explore three immersive exhibitions which highlight the stories of the people in the blue uniforms. The 2018 upgrade also added landscaped green spaces, children's playground and a restaurant. Britain's National Museum of Aviation, or RAF Museum, comprises several hundred thousand objects ranging in size from aircraft to lapel badges, and spanning more than a century of aviation history. The Historic Hangars, listed buildings that were part of the old Hendon Aerodrome, contain five exhibitions with an impressive collection of over 100 full-sized aircraft, some suspended from the ceiling, as if in flight. Helicopters, water landing aeroplanes, fighters and bombers, past and present, are all on display. The Battle Britain tells the story of the RAF's historic fight against Germany in the 1940's, featuring a de Havilland Tiger Moth II, the world's most famous training aircraft, a Hawker Hurricane and Supermarine Spitfire among the very planes that went to war. The museum also houses an Aeronauts Interactive Centre with over 40 hands on experiments showing how an aeroplane weighing hundreds of tonnes can stay in the sky with real and simulated cockpits to sit in. Kids and plane enthusiasts alike will love it.
 
 
 

Yen Burger

Opens end of June 2018

Yen Burger Opens end of June 2018 Yen Burger opens at the end of June 2018. Adding to London's booming burger scene, Yen Burger brings something new to the table. Owned by young female foodie entrepreneur Yen Nguyen, the Japanese urban-inspired restaurant in Borough offers premium Asian-influenced burgers, combining unique ingredients like Japanese chili and Kim-chi mayonnaise as well as Asian herbs including 'Shiso', a Japanese leaf known for its great taste and amazing health benefits. With 'no frozen food' being one of Yen Burgers highest priorities, each burger is freshly made in-house from quality Aberdeen Black Angus or Wagyu beef, sustainable cod or vegetable alternatives. All of the bread buns are sourced locally at Bread Ahead, especially for Yen Burger, and there's a gluten free option too. Healthy sides include crunchy Asian coleslaw, freshly steamed edamame beans and homemade sweet potato chips. An extensive Asian influenced cocktail menu lists a vast range of spice-infused aperitifs mixed with fresh kumquat, calpis and fresh mint. 2018/06/30 Where:
Yen Burger, 1B Southwark Street London, SE1 1RQ
Category: Japanese Cuisine

Yen Burger, 1B Southwark Street, London, SE1 1RQ

Tube: London Bridge Station, Borough Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi Burger

Yen Burger opens at the end of June 2018.

Adding to London's booming burger scene, Yen Burger brings something new to the table. Owned by young female foodie entrepreneur Yen Nguyen, the Japanese urban-inspired restaurant in Borough offers premium Asian-influenced burgers, combining unique ingredients like Japanese chili and Kim-chi mayonnaise as well as Asian herbs including 'Shiso', a Japanese leaf known for its great taste and amazing health benefits. With 'no frozen food' being one of Yen Burgers highest priorities, each burger is freshly made in-house from quality Aberdeen Black Angus or Wagyu beef, sustainable cod or vegetable alternatives. All of the bread buns are sourced locally at Bread Ahead, especially for Yen Burger, and there's a gluten free option too. Healthy sides include crunchy Asian coleslaw, freshly steamed edamame beans and homemade sweet potato chips. An extensive Asian influenced cocktail menu lists a vast range of spice-infused aperitifs mixed with fresh kumquat, calpis and fresh mint.
 
 
 

Eccleston Place by Tart London

Opens summer 2018

Eccleston Place by Tart London Opens summer 2018 Eccleston Place by Tart London opens in stages, beginning with the photography studio in early summer 2018. Jemima Jones and Lucy Carr-Ellison - the fashionable duo behind Tart London - open their first permanent restaurant in Eccleston Yards, a quiet historic courtyard in Victoria, used for coach manufacturing in the mid-1860s. Tart London, which started in 2012 as a bespoke catering company for fashion and film shoots, has worked with high profile clients including Kate Moss, Sienna Miller, Eddie Redmayne and Cara Delevingne. More than a restaurant, this bricks-and-mortar site is a multipurpose venue with a retail space and fashion photography studio as well as an events space run in partnership with Tom Warren, founder of Lock Studios. Eccleston Place by Tart London joins The Jones Family Kitchen and other east London businesses - Barrys Bootcamp and Tailor Made London - in Eccleston Yards, a pedestrianised space with shared workspace for more than 500 people, a Scandinavian beauty salon and a drop-in meditation studio and eco-lifestyle store. 2018/07/01 Where:
Eccleston Place by Tart London, 3-4 Eccleston Yard London, SW1W 9AZ
Category: British Cuisine

Eccleston Place by Tart London, 3-4 Eccleston Yard, London, SW1W 9AZ

Tube: Victoria Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi Burger

Eccleston Place by Tart London opens in stages, beginning with the photography studio in early summer 2018.

Jemima Jones and Lucy Carr-Ellison - the fashionable duo behind Tart London - open their first permanent restaurant in Eccleston Yards, a quiet historic courtyard in Victoria, used for coach manufacturing in the mid-1860s. Tart London, which started in 2012 as a bespoke catering company for fashion and film shoots, has worked with high profile clients including Kate Moss, Sienna Miller, Eddie Redmayne and Cara Delevingne. More than a restaurant, this bricks-and-mortar site is a multipurpose venue with a retail space and fashion photography studio as well as an events space run in partnership with Tom Warren, founder of Lock Studios. Eccleston Place by Tart London joins The Jones Family Kitchen and other east London businesses - Barrys Bootcamp and Tailor Made London - in Eccleston Yards, a pedestrianised space with shared workspace for more than 500 people, a Scandinavian beauty salon and a drop-in meditation studio and eco-lifestyle store.
 
 
 
 

Stokey Bears

Opens 2nd July 2018

Stokey Bears Opens 2nd July 2018 Stokey Bears launches a new site in Haggerston on 2nd July 2018. Stokey Bears, the burger joint from street food veteran Burger Bear, now has a second site in Haggerston, just up the road from the Stoke Newington original, which opened in 2014. The classic Stokey Bears line up of burgers, beats, and booze is added to with a vegan menu, exclusive to Haggerston. The 'Chix' chicken burger meanwhile features double fried chicken thigh, Holy F**k mayo, pickled red onion, and japalpeno 'slaw. Weekends bring a brunch menu with bacon and egg buns and the venue comes with a laid-back bar vibe and beer garden. Stokey Bears in Haggerston is a drinking den as much as a dining destination, with a big selection of local beers from the likes of Beavertown and London Fields breweries, cocktails and hard shakes. Cereal milkshakes - in Corn Flakes, Crunchy Nut, and Coco Pops flavours - and vegan shakes are made with Dalston's vegan Hell Yum ice cream and London Cocktail Club cocktails are on tap. 2018/07/02 Where:
Stokey Bears, 480 Kingsland Road London, E8 4AE
Category:

Stokey Bears, 480 Kingsland Road, London, E8 4AE

Tube: Highbury & Islington Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi Burger

Stokey Bears launches a new site in Haggerston on 2nd July 2018.

Stokey Bears, the burger joint from street food veteran Burger Bear, now has a second site in Haggerston, just up the road from the Stoke Newington original, which opened in 2014. The classic Stokey Bears line up of burgers, beats, and booze is added to with a vegan menu, exclusive to Haggerston. The 'Chix' chicken burger meanwhile features double fried chicken thigh, Holy F**k mayo, pickled red onion, and japalpeno 'slaw. Weekends bring a brunch menu with bacon and egg buns and the venue comes with a laid-back bar vibe and beer garden. Stokey Bears in Haggerston is a drinking den as much as a dining destination, with a big selection of local beers from the likes of Beavertown and London Fields breweries, cocktails and hard shakes. Cereal milkshakes - in Corn Flakes, Crunchy Nut, and Coco Pops flavours - and vegan shakes are made with Dalston's vegan Hell Yum ice cream and London Cocktail Club cocktails are on tap.
 
 
 

London Shuffle Club

Opens 4th July 2018

London Shuffle Club Opens 4th July 2018 London Shuffle Club opens on 4th July 2018. After three years of pop ups in places like the Truman Brewery, the shuffleboard experts, the London Shuffle Club, have a permanent home in Shoreditch from July 2018. New to the game? You'll soon pick it up. The sport originated on the decks of cruise ships in the early 20th century and tasks you with sliding your weighted pucks or 'biscuits' down a long, smooth wooden board and onto a scoring triangle at the opposite end of your lane. But beware: overshoot and you'll end up in the 'kitchen'. You won't have to do the washing up but you will loose 10 points and risk being mocked by your friends. The beauty of the game is that anyone can play - not just sporting freaks or gym geeks - and it can be played with a cocktail in hand. The large, tastefully designed, colourful space features an open-air shuffleboard terrace, guest ales and cocktails on rotation, served from an Airstream, as well as live music. With places like Flight Club and the Shuffle Club, London has a whole new world of stylish sports-in-bars. 2018/07/04 Where:
London Shuffle Club, 4 Ebor Street London, E1 6AW
Category:

London Shuffle Club, 4 Ebor Street, London, E1 6AW

Tube: Old Street Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi Burger

London Shuffle Club opens on 4th July 2018.

After three years of pop ups in places like the Truman Brewery, the shuffleboard experts, the London Shuffle Club, have a permanent home in Shoreditch from July 2018. New to the game? You'll soon pick it up. The sport originated on the decks of cruise ships in the early 20th century and tasks you with sliding your weighted pucks or 'biscuits' down a long, smooth wooden board and onto a scoring triangle at the opposite end of your lane. But beware: overshoot and you'll end up in the 'kitchen'. You won't have to do the washing up but you will loose 10 points and risk being mocked by your friends. The beauty of the game is that anyone can play - not just sporting freaks or gym geeks - and it can be played with a cocktail in hand. The large, tastefully designed, colourful space features an open-air shuffleboard terrace, guest ales and cocktails on rotation, served from an Airstream, as well as live music. With places like Flight Club and the Shuffle Club, London has a whole new world of stylish sports-in-bars.
 
 
 

Ichiba

Opens Summer 2018

Ichiba Opens Summer 2018 Ichiba opens in Summer 2018. Europe's largest Japanese food hall, the 17,400 square foot Ichiba store in the expanded part of Westfield London is the place to go for Japanese food, kitchen staples - from sake to soy sauce - tastings and demos. And there's seating for over 200 . Decked out in Japanese style with lanterns, paper, and lights inspired by chopsticks, flags and traditional fabrics break up the space . Food stations offer everything from katsu curries to sushi and sashimi and street food including takoyaki, tempura and noodles made fresh to order . A traditional Japanese bakery and cafe is also on site, serving dorayaki pancakes with teas including hot or iced matcha lattes. Don't miss the dedicated kaku-uchi sake bar, serving hot sake handpicked by the in store sake sommelier. Stock up on all the essentials, from soy sauce to sake, confectionery to ceramics. 2018/07/06 Where:
Ichiba, Westfield London, Ariel Way London, W12 7GF
Category: Japanese Cuisine

Ichiba, Westfield , Ariel Way, London, W12 7GF

Tube: Wood Lane Station, Shepherd's Bush Market Station (Hammersmith and City Line), Shepherd's Bush Station (Central)

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi Burger

Ichiba opens in Summer 2018.

Europe's largest Japanese food hall, the 17,400 square foot Ichiba store in the expanded part of Westfield London is the place to go for Japanese food, kitchen staples - from sake to soy sauce - tastings and demos. And there's seating for over 200 . Decked out in Japanese style with lanterns, paper, and lights inspired by chopsticks, flags and traditional fabrics break up the space . Food stations offer everything from katsu curries to sushi and sashimi and street food including takoyaki, tempura and noodles made fresh to order . A traditional Japanese bakery and cafe is also on site, serving dorayaki pancakes with teas including hot or iced matcha lattes. Don't miss the dedicated kaku-uchi sake bar, serving hot sake handpicked by the in store sake sommelier. Stock up on all the essentials, from soy sauce to sake, confectionery to ceramics.
 
 
 

Caravan Fitzrovia

Opens July 2018

Caravan Fitzrovia Opens July 2018 Caravan Fitzrovia opens in July 2018. In the former BBC Radio 1 HQ where Reggie Yates used to run through The Official Charts, Caravan Fitzrovia brings all day dining and craft coffee to central London and introduces 'Caravan-To-Go' - great coffee and food to take away. Caravan has sites all over London - in Exmouth Market, Bankside, King's Cross and in the City, in Bloomberg Arcade - but this one on Great Portland Street is their most central yet. In a nod to the building's history, the basement (where BBC R1's music collection was stored) has a 'record room' for private dining and parties with the option to hire the space. Upstairs, a large bar weaves throughout three dining rooms, making it the perfect destination for post-work drinks and dining all day. H ealthy food like poached chicken, purple kale, greens and rice has a global flavour, inspired by its New Zealand owners and their travels. Sourdough and croissants are made in-house at Caravan's own flagship roastery and bakery (also opening in summer 2018) in a Victorian warehouse in north London. Eat in and you can enjoy one of the best brunches and coffee against a backdrop of terracotta brick walls, stone surfaces and natural light. Serious about sustainability, they offer a reusable lunchbox and coffee cup scheme - get 50p off if you bring your own reusable cups. 2018/07/15 Where:
Caravan Fitzrovia, Yalding House, 152 Great Portland Street London, W1W 6AJ
Category:

Caravan Fitzrovia, Yalding House, 152 Great Portland Street, London, W1W 6AJ

Tube: Great Portland Street Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi Burger

Caravan Fitzrovia opens in July 2018.

In the former BBC Radio 1 HQ where Reggie Yates used to run through The Official Charts, Caravan Fitzrovia brings all day dining and craft coffee to central London and introduces 'Caravan-To-Go' - great coffee and food to take away. Caravan has sites all over London - in Exmouth Market, Bankside, King's Cross and in the City, in Bloomberg Arcade - but this one on Great Portland Street is their most central yet. In a nod to the building's history, the basement (where BBC R1's music collection was stored) has a 'record room' for private dining and parties with the option to hire the space. Upstairs, a large bar weaves throughout three dining rooms, making it the perfect destination for post-work drinks and dining all day. H ealthy food like poached chicken, purple kale, greens and rice has a global flavour, inspired by its New Zealand owners and their travels. Sourdough and croissants are made in-house at Caravan's own flagship roastery and bakery (also opening in summer 2018) in a Victorian warehouse in north London. Eat in and you can enjoy one of the best brunches and coffee against a backdrop of terracotta brick walls, stone surfaces and natural light. Serious about sustainability, they offer a reusable lunchbox and coffee cup scheme - get 50p off if you bring your own reusable cups.
 
 
 

Herman Ze German - White City

Opens 12th July 2018

Herman Ze German - White City Opens 12th July 2018 Herman ze German opens in White City on 12th July 2018 | Soft launch offer: 50% off food for the opening week 12th to 19th July. A decade on since London embraced the first ever Herman ze German , the sausage shop with a sense of humour opens in The WestWorks building at White City Place. Herman ze German White City serves the authentic German wurst, sourced from the Black Forest which Herman has become famous for. The full menu includes Bockwurst, Bratwurst, Chilli Wurst, Herman's signature Currywrust and they even have a Vegan Wurst. All wursts are gluten and lactose-free and come with toppings of choice including sauerkraut, gherkins and crispy onions. Choose from cheesy fries, homestyle coleslaw and potato salad to have on the side and sup on a stein of their very own craft beer, the BLK Forest Brew. 2018/07/19 Where:
Herman Ze German - White City, Unit 6 Westworks White City Place , 195 Wood Lane London, W12 7FQ
Category:

Herman Ze German - White City, Unit 6 Westworks White City Place , 195 Wood Lane, London, W12 7FQ

Tube: White City Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi Burger

Herman ze German opens in White City on 12th July 2018 | Soft launch offer: 50% off food for the opening week 12th to 19th July.

A decade on since London embraced the first ever Herman ze German , the sausage shop with a sense of humour opens in The WestWorks building at White City Place. Herman ze German White City serves the authentic German wurst, sourced from the Black Forest which Herman has become famous for. The full menu includes Bockwurst, Bratwurst, Chilli Wurst, Herman's signature Currywrust and they even have a Vegan Wurst. All wursts are gluten and lactose-free and come with toppings of choice including sauerkraut, gherkins and crispy onions. Choose from cheesy fries, homestyle coleslaw and potato salad to have on the side and sup on a stein of their very own craft beer, the BLK Forest Brew.
 
 
 
 

Beef & Brew

Opens 23rd July 2018

Beef & Brew Opens 23rd July 2018 Beef & Brew opens on Monday 23rd July 2018. Beef & Brew , the Kentish Town favourite , brings their grass-fed beef and craft beers to the former Duke's Brew & Que site in East London, a stone's throw from Regent's Canal in Haggerston. Beef is the focus and comes in various cuts from sirloin sourced from retired dairy cows to onglet from grass-fed Herefords. Each steak is dipped in beef dripping before being chargrilled and served with vegetable sides. Carrots come with dill and buttermilk dressing, smoked aubergine with honey and miso, and sweet potato with coconut yogurt and spices. Beef is just half of the story. Craft beers come from breweries all over the country. Draught lagers include Sorachi from Scottish brewery Harviestoun, with other beers on tap including Siren's Calypso, a spritzy Berliner-style sour beer and a Hook Island red ale from fellow East Londoners Five Points. Quality steaks that don't break the bank in a beautiful old pub. 2018/07/23 Where:
Beef & Brew, 33 Downham Road London, N1 5AA
Category: American Cuisine

Beef & Brew, 33 Downham Road, London, N1 5AA

Tube: Old Street Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi Burger

Beef & Brew opens on Monday 23rd July 2018.

Beef & Brew , the Kentish Town favourite , brings their grass-fed beef and craft beers to the former Duke's Brew & Que site in East London, a stone's throw from Regent's Canal in Haggerston. Beef is the focus and comes in various cuts from sirloin sourced from retired dairy cows to onglet from grass-fed Herefords. Each steak is dipped in beef dripping before being chargrilled and served with vegetable sides. Carrots come with dill and buttermilk dressing, smoked aubergine with honey and miso, and sweet potato with coconut yogurt and spices. Beef is just half of the story. Craft beers come from breweries all over the country. Draught lagers include Sorachi from Scottish brewery Harviestoun, with other beers on tap including Siren's Calypso, a spritzy Berliner-style sour beer and a Hook Island red ale from fellow East Londoners Five Points. Quality steaks that don't break the bank in a beautiful old pub.
 
 
 

Chiringuito

Opens July 2018

Chiringuito Opens July 2018 Chiringuito opens in Bethnal Green in July 2018. Azure mosaic tiles and a peseta-topped bar set the tone for this Spanish restaurant overlooking the Museum of Childhood 's gardens. Taking its name from the all-day beachfront bar and restaurants in Spain, Chiringuito is a laid back beach-style restaurant in Bethnal Green. It's the passion project of local East Londoner Alex Dehayen who has previously converted a derelict public toilet block, next to Bethnal Green tube station, into a contemporary all-day bar. Peruvian Head Chef, Marco Padilla has created a menu reminiscent of a tapas bars in Barcelona and inspired by fresh Hispanic and Latin American flavours. So you'll find all the classic dishes - padron peppers, patatas bravas, gambas al ajillo - with Mexican influences and South American signatures like seabass ceviche. Cocktails also put Latino twists on classics arriving at interesting mixes like the Bloody Maria, with a kick of tequila or mezcal. 2018/07/31 Where:
Chiringuito, Museum Gardens, Cambridge Heath Road London, E2 9PA
Category: Spanish Cuisine

Chiringuito, Museum Gardens, Cambridge Heath Road, London, E2 9PA

Tube: Bethnal Green Station

 
 

Chiringuito opens in Bethnal Green in July 2018.

Azure mosaic tiles and a peseta-topped bar set the tone for this Spanish restaurant overlooking the Museum of Childhood 's gardens. Taking its name from the all-day beachfront bar and restaurants in Spain, Chiringuito is a laid back beach-style restaurant in Bethnal Green. It's the passion project of local East Londoner Alex Dehayen who has previously converted a derelict public toilet block, next to Bethnal Green tube station, into a contemporary all-day bar. Peruvian Head Chef, Marco Padilla has created a menu reminiscent of a tapas bars in Barcelona and inspired by fresh Hispanic and Latin American flavours. So you'll find all the classic dishes - padron peppers, patatas bravas, gambas al ajillo - with Mexican influences and South American signatures like seabass ceviche. Cocktails also put Latino twists on classics arriving at interesting mixes like the Bloody Maria, with a kick of tequila or mezcal.
 
 
 

Soane's Kitchen

Opens July 2018

Soane's Kitchen Opens July 2018 Soane's Kitchen will open in July 2018. Inside the original walled kitchen garden at Pitzhanger Manor, Soane's Kitchen is a beautiful cafe and restaurant with natural woods to create a light and calming feel, plus pinks, nudes and creams for a modern look. Next to the 70-cover dining space, designed by architects Jestico + Whiles, is 'The Larder', a grab and go offering that's an extension of the main restaurant so you can take away pastries, sandwiches and coffees to eat in the adjacent Walpole Park. Alex Head, founder of London catering company Social Pantry, is in charge of the restaurant and cafe in one of Ealing's historic gems. The Kitchen gets its name from architect Sir John Soane, who famously built the Bank of England , and who built Pitzhanger Manor in 1800-1804 as a country retreat to entertain his friends. 2018/07/31 Where:
Soane's Kitchen, Pitzhanger Manor, Walpole Park London, W5 5EQ
Category: British Cuisine

Soane's Kitchen, Pitzhanger Manor, Walpole Park, London, W5 5EQ

Tube: Ealing Broadway Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi Burger

Soane's Kitchen will open in July 2018.

Inside the original walled kitchen garden at Pitzhanger Manor, Soane's Kitchen is a beautiful cafe and restaurant with natural woods to create a light and calming feel, plus pinks, nudes and creams for a modern look. Next to the 70-cover dining space, designed by architects Jestico + Whiles, is 'The Larder', a grab and go offering that's an extension of the main restaurant so you can take away pastries, sandwiches and coffees to eat in the adjacent Walpole Park. Alex Head, founder of London catering company Social Pantry, is in charge of the restaurant and cafe in one of Ealing's historic gems. The Kitchen gets its name from architect Sir John Soane, who famously built the Bank of England , and who built Pitzhanger Manor in 1800-1804 as a country retreat to entertain his friends.
 
 
 

The Frog Hoxton

Opens end of July 2018

The Frog Hoxton Opens end of July 2018 The Frog Hoxton opens at the end of July 2018. In July 2018, Adam Handling launches his biggest venture to date, moving The Frog E1 - his award-winning Michelin Bib Gourmand restaurant - to a new, larger site on Hoxton Square. Under the same roof as The Frog Hoxton is Bean & Wheat, Adam's sustainable coffee shop and deli, and a new bar concept, Iron Stag, specialising in whiskies and with space for a live jazz band. The three individual venues have their own separate entrances on three different streets - the building sits on the corner joining Hoxton Square, Rufus Street, and Old Street - so each experience is distinct. The 60 cover restaurant retains everything guests love about the original Frog in Ely Yard but in a more refined style. Furniture and artworks recreate the original restaurant's personality and the signature wall panel, signed by celebrity chefs, remains. A ward-winning bartender Rich Woods (aka The Cocktail Guy) and Matt Whiley (The Talented Mr Fox, behind Scout) have helped decide what goes behind the bar and, in the interests of sustainability, customers are encouraged to bring their empty beer bottles back in exchange for free coffees. 2018/07/31 Where:
The Frog Hoxton, 45-47 Hoxton Square London, N1 6NU
Category: British Cuisine

The Frog Hoxton, 45-47 Hoxton Square, London, N1 6NU

Tube: Old Street Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim Green

The Frog Hoxton opens at the end of July 2018.

In July 2018, Adam Handling launches his biggest venture to date, moving The Frog E1 - his award-winning Michelin Bib Gourmand restaurant - to a new, larger site on Hoxton Square. Under the same roof as The Frog Hoxton is Bean & Wheat, Adam's sustainable coffee shop and deli, and a new bar concept, Iron Stag, specialising in whiskies and with space for a live jazz band. The three individual venues have their own separate entrances on three different streets - the building sits on the corner joining Hoxton Square, Rufus Street, and Old Street - so each experience is distinct. The 60 cover restaurant retains everything guests love about the original Frog in Ely Yard but in a more refined style. Furniture and artworks recreate the original restaurant's personality and the signature wall panel, signed by celebrity chefs, remains. A ward-winning bartender Rich Woods (aka The Cocktail Guy) and Matt Whiley (The Talented Mr Fox, behind Scout) have helped decide what goes behind the bar and, in the interests of sustainability, customers are encouraged to bring their empty beer bottles back in exchange for free coffees.
 
 
 

VIVI

Opens July 2018

VIVI Opens July 2018 VIVI at Centre Point opens at the end of July 2018. Inspired by the 1960s, echoing Centre Point's 1966 completion, the menu at VIVI is unashamedly nostalgic British comfort food. Housed in the distinctive 385 foot tall building in Oxford Street, VIVI is an all day restaurant at Centre Point, occupying the main floor of the bridge link overlooking the square and Oxford Street. Run by rhubarb (who also do the food at the Sky Garden, Verdi Italian Kitchen at the Royal Albert Hall and Gallery Mess at the Saatchi Gallery), the restaurant serves modern versions of favourite old school dishes like chicken a la king, putting sauteed chicken, mushrooms, cream and white wine with hot biscuits. Cauliflower cheese croquettes with slow roasted tomatoes and Lea & Perrins sauce is best followed by banana splits to share. Divided into four areas, VIVI includes: a bar serving cocktails paired to the bites menu; a dining area where you can get an all-day British menu of modernised classics; VIVI Liquid Lounge for power shakes and superfood shots; and VIVI Gallery, serving an express menu of small bites as well as leisurely afternoon teas - with views over New Oxford Street. 2018/07/31 Where:
VIVI, Centre Point, New Oxford Street, 11 St Giles Square London, WC2H 8AP
Category: British Cuisine

VIVI, Centre Point, New Oxford Street, 11 St Giles Square, London, WC2H 8AP

Tube: Tottenham Court Road Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exterior

VIVI at Centre Point opens at the end of July 2018.

Inspired by the 1960s, echoing Centre Point's 1966 completion, the menu at VIVI is unashamedly nostalgic British comfort food. Housed in the distinctive 385 foot tall building in Oxford Street, VIVI is an all day restaurant at Centre Point, occupying the main floor of the bridge link overlooking the square and Oxford Street. Run by rhubarb (who also do the food at the Sky Garden, Verdi Italian Kitchen at the Royal Albert Hall and Gallery Mess at the Saatchi Gallery), the restaurant serves modern versions of favourite old school dishes like chicken a la king, putting sauteed chicken, mushrooms, cream and white wine with hot biscuits. Cauliflower cheese croquettes with slow roasted tomatoes and Lea & Perrins sauce is best followed by banana splits to share. Divided into four areas, VIVI includes: a bar serving cocktails paired to the bites menu; a dining area where you can get an all-day British menu of modernised classics; VIVI Liquid Lounge for power shakes and superfood shots; and VIVI Gallery, serving an express menu of small bites as well as leisurely afternoon teas - with views over New Oxford Street.
 
 
 
 

Vintry & Mercer Hotel

Opens Summer 2018

Vintry & Mercer Hotel Opens Summer 2018 Vintry & Mercer opens in summer 2018. Among the livery halls, guilds and narrow streets of the City, you'll find Vintry & Mercer, a hotel with 92 rooms and suites, a roof terrace, all-day restaurant, underground speakeasy and its own fitness studio. Taking inspiration from the historic trading guilds of the area, plush velvet curtains, bespoke fabrics and leather door handles to the rooms are a nod to the merchant taylors who used to trade their wares on the nearby streets. The name comes from the historic trading guilds of the area. Vintry references the wine merchants while Mercer recalls the textile sellers who specialised in fine silks and damasks. Mediterranean dishes are served in Vintry Kitchen on the ground floor, while sustainably sourced meat and fish from the British Isles are a speciality at Mercer Roof Terrace with views overlooking the dome of St Paul's Cathedral. Hidden away beneath is Do Not Disturb, a discreet, late night underground speakeasy cocktail bar taking inspiration from the clandestine bars of 1920s New York. 2018/07/31 Where:
Vintry & Mercer Hotel, 19-20 Garlick Hill London, EC4V 2AU
Category: New Hotels

Vintry & Mercer Hotel, 19-20 Garlick Hill, London, EC4V 2AU

Tube: Mansion House Station, Cannon Street Station, Bank Station, St. Paul's Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exterior

Vintry & Mercer opens in summer 2018.

Among the livery halls, guilds and narrow streets of the City, you'll find Vintry & Mercer, a hotel with 92 rooms and suites, a roof terrace, all-day restaurant, underground speakeasy and its own fitness studio. Taking inspiration from the historic trading guilds of the area, plush velvet curtains, bespoke fabrics and leather door handles to the rooms are a nod to the merchant taylors who used to trade their wares on the nearby streets. The name comes from the historic trading guilds of the area. Vintry references the wine merchants while Mercer recalls the textile sellers who specialised in fine silks and damasks. Mediterranean dishes are served in Vintry Kitchen on the ground floor, while sustainably sourced meat and fish from the British Isles are a speciality at Mercer Roof Terrace with views overlooking the dome of St Paul's Cathedral. Hidden away beneath is Do Not Disturb, a discreet, late night underground speakeasy cocktail bar taking inspiration from the clandestine bars of 1920s New York.
 
 
 

Standard London

Opens Summer 2018

Standard London Opens Summer 2018 The Standard London hotel opens in summer 2018. Taking a Brutalist building in King's Cross and turning it into a £20 million five star boutique hotel with 270 bedrooms, the Standard London is the first hotel from the well known boutique chain outside America. The former council office block, originally built in the 1970s as an annexe to Camden Town Hall, sits directly opposite St Pancras Renaissance Hotel. The whole building is being upgraded but the biggest change is to the top floors. Clad in metal and glass, the two top levels are transformed into an architectural feature and include hotel rooms and suites, public and private event spaces, dining area, lounge and observatory with public access. An external lift whisks guests from the ground up to the 8th floor. 2018/08/01 Where:
Standard London, Argyle Street London, WC1H 8EQ
Category: New Hotels

Standard London, Argyle Street, London, WC1H 8EQ

Tube: King's Cross Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exterior

The Standard London hotel opens in summer 2018.

Taking a Brutalist building in King's Cross and turning it into a £20 million five star boutique hotel with 270 bedrooms, the Standard London is the first hotel from the well known boutique chain outside America. The former council office block, originally built in the 1970s as an annexe to Camden Town Hall, sits directly opposite St Pancras Renaissance Hotel. The whole building is being upgraded but the biggest change is to the top floors. Clad in metal and glass, the two top levels are transformed into an architectural feature and include hotel rooms and suites, public and private event spaces, dining area, lounge and observatory with public access. An external lift whisks guests from the ground up to the 8th floor.
 
 
 

Bob Bob Cite

Opens 2018

Bob Bob Cite Opens 2018 Bob Bob Cite opens in 2018. Known for his glamorous Bob Bob Ricard restaurant in Soho, Leonid Shutov opens a second Bob Bob restaurant, on the third floor of the landmark Cheesegrater building in the City. Yes, the all-booth restaurant does have the all-important 'press for Champagne' button at every table. Also much like the original BBR, the modern French Russian menu features locally sourced, seasonal produce cooked over an open flame or smoked in-house. As well as seating for 180, the restaurant has room for a further 120 covers in private rooms. The challenge, however, will be getting one of those seats. 2018/08/15 Where:
Bob Bob Cite, 122 Leadenhall Street London, EC3V 4AB
Category: British Cuisine

Bob Bob Cite, 122 Leadenhall Street, London, EC3V 4AB

Tube: Liverpool Street Station, Monument Station, Bank Station, Aldgate Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exterior

Bob Bob Cite opens in 2018.

Known for his glamorous Bob Bob Ricard restaurant in Soho, Leonid Shutov opens a second Bob Bob restaurant, on the third floor of the landmark Cheesegrater building in the City. Yes, the all-booth restaurant does have the all-important 'press for Champagne' button at every table. Also much like the original BBR, the modern French Russian menu features locally sourced, seasonal produce cooked over an open flame or smoked in-house. As well as seating for 180, the restaurant has room for a further 120 covers in private rooms. The challenge, however, will be getting one of those seats.
 
 
 

Farmer J

Opens August 2018

Farmer J Opens August 2018 Farmer J will open at 24-32 King William Street in August 2018. Farmer J , known for bringing produce from British fields to the City with its protein- and veg-packed Fieldtrays, has a second home on King William Street following the original on Leadenhall Street . Open first thing until evening, with leisurely brunch at weekends, food dished up at the counter includes mains of spiced rose harissa chicken, charred tofu steak with white miso, aubergine and ginger dressing, and whole roasted cauliflower. Mornings kick off with signature Fieldtrays with salt beef hash browns, charred steak and spicy shakshuka, with side serves including za'atar sourdough toast and house pickles. Bagels, sourdough pastries and muffins from Fortitude Bakery are served with a caffeine hit of Redemption Roaster beans or fresh juices and smoothies like the Muscle Builder with tahini and peanut butter. Stop by for lunch or dinner and cocktails, as well as relaxed weekend brunches. 2018/08/31 Where:
Farmer J, 24-32 King William Street London, EC4R 9AJ
Category:

Farmer J, 24-32 King William Street, London, EC4R 9AJ

Tube: Monument Station, Cannon Street Station, Bank Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exterior

Farmer J will open at 24-32 King William Street in August 2018.

Farmer J , known for bringing produce from British fields to the City with its protein- and veg-packed Fieldtrays, has a second home on King William Street following the original on Leadenhall Street . Open first thing until evening, with leisurely brunch at weekends, food dished up at the counter includes mains of spiced rose harissa chicken, charred tofu steak with white miso, aubergine and ginger dressing, and whole roasted cauliflower. Mornings kick off with signature Fieldtrays with salt beef hash browns, charred steak and spicy shakshuka, with side serves including za'atar sourdough toast and house pickles. Bagels, sourdough pastries and muffins from Fortitude Bakery are served with a caffeine hit of Redemption Roaster beans or fresh juices and smoothies like the Muscle Builder with tahini and peanut butter. Stop by for lunch or dinner and cocktails, as well as relaxed weekend brunches.
 
 
 

Bankside Hotel

Opens September 2018

Bankside Hotel Opens September 2018 Bankside Hotel opens in September 2018. In a six-storey glass structure, part of the One Blackfriars development, Bankside Hotel offers a sleek and modern outlook close to Blackfriars Bridge. Modern mid-century interiors are by interior designer (and former film set producer) Dayna Lee who jointly heads up LA-based Powerstrip Studio. Serving both as a hotel, with 161 light and airy bedrooms, and a community hub (a niche area the Hoxton hotel pioneered), there's a focus on creativity and art. With both the Tate Modern and the Hayward Gallery as neighbours, the hotel has its own large 'white cube' gallery and a function space with capacity for 120 people as well as an in-house fitness centre and a 78-cover restaurant and bar with an outdoor terrace for eating out in warmer months. 2018/09/15 Where:
Bankside Hotel, 2 Blackfriars Road London, SE1 9JU
Category: New Hotels

Bankside Hotel, 2 Blackfriars Road, London, SE1 9JU

Tube: Blackfriars Underground Station, Southwark Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exterior

Bankside Hotel opens in September 2018.

In a six-storey glass structure, part of the One Blackfriars development, Bankside Hotel offers a sleek and modern outlook close to Blackfriars Bridge. Modern mid-century interiors are by interior designer (and former film set producer) Dayna Lee who jointly heads up LA-based Powerstrip Studio. Serving both as a hotel, with 161 light and airy bedrooms, and a community hub (a niche area the Hoxton hotel pioneered), there's a focus on creativity and art. With both the Tate Modern and the Hayward Gallery as neighbours, the hotel has its own large 'white cube' gallery and a function space with capacity for 120 people as well as an in-house fitness centre and a 78-cover restaurant and bar with an outdoor terrace for eating out in warmer months.
 
 
 
 

Wahlburgers

Opens September 2018

Wahlburgers Opens September 2018 Wahlburgers opens in September 2018. As if being a bone fide movie star wasn't enough, rapper-turned-actor Mark Wahlberg of Marky Mark fame, has set up burger franchise Wahlberger with his brothers, former New Kids on the Block star Donnie and chef Paul Wahlberg. The restaurant chain has 16 locations (and counting) in the US and it also features on its own eponymous reality television series. This Covent Garden restaurant is their first venture outside America and, like the rest of the chain, takes inspiration from the family meals cooked by Mr Wahlberg senior when the siblings were children. The menu is filled with high quality homemade burgers and sandwiches, fresh salads and shakes - the kind the frontman of the Funky Bunch grew up on. 2018/09/15 Where:
Wahlburgers, 8-9 James Street London, WC2E 8BH
Category:

Wahlburgers, 8-9 James Street, London, WC2E 8BH

Tube: Covent Garden Station, Leicester Square Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger

Wahlburgers opens in September 2018.

As if being a bone fide movie star wasn't enough, rapper-turned-actor Mark Wahlberg of Marky Mark fame, has set up burger franchise Wahlberger with his brothers, former New Kids on the Block star Donnie and chef Paul Wahlberg. The restaurant chain has 16 locations (and counting) in the US and it also features on its own eponymous reality television series. This Covent Garden restaurant is their first venture outside America and, like the rest of the chain, takes inspiration from the family meals cooked by Mr Wahlberg senior when the siblings were children. The menu is filled with high quality homemade burgers and sandwiches, fresh salads and shakes - the kind the frontman of the Funky Bunch grew up on.
 
 
 

Manhattan Loft Gardens Design Hotel

Opens 2018

Manhattan Loft Gardens Design Hotel Opens 2018 Manhattan Loft Gardens Design Hotel is due to be completed in 2018. The Manhattan Loft Corporation, the firm which introduced loft living to the UK in 1992 and more recently gave the St Pancras Renaissance Hotel its remarkable makeover, is behind the stylish Manhattan Loft Gardens Design Hotel in Stratford. The 150-room hotel occupies the seven lower levels of the 42 storey Manhattan Loft Gardens, a mixed used development with three 'sky gardens', one on the 7th floor, a second on the 35th and a third on the 36th floor ensuring that residents are never more than 9 stories from an outdoor space. Above the hotel is a 34 storey residential tower and hotel and residents share the use of communal spaces including the lobby, leisure facilities, swimming pool, spa facilities, meeting and conference spaces as well as an external roof garden that overlooks the Olympic Park. The site sits to the immediate north of Stratford International rail station and the Docklands Light Railway giving excellent transport links. The striking double-cantilevered tower has been designed by architects SOM (Skidmore Owings and Merrill) in partnership with Harry Handelsman, legendary founder of the Manhattan Loft Corporation. The Sunday Times Style magazine says, "if anyone can rekindle our love of tall buildings, it's Handelsman." 2018/09/30 Where:
Manhattan Loft Gardens Design Hotel, 20-22 International Way, Olympic Park London, E20 1GQ
Category: New Hotels

Manhattan Loft Gardens Design Hotel, 20-22 International Way, Olympic Park, London, E20 1GQ

Tube: Stratford Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft Corporation

Manhattan Loft Gardens Design Hotel is due to be completed in 2018.

The Manhattan Loft Corporation, the firm which introduced loft living to the UK in 1992 and more recently gave the St Pancras Renaissance Hotel its remarkable makeover, is behind the stylish Manhattan Loft Gardens Design Hotel in Stratford. The 150-room hotel occupies the seven lower levels of the 42 storey Manhattan Loft Gardens, a mixed used development with three 'sky gardens', one on the 7th floor, a second on the 35th and a third on the 36th floor ensuring that residents are never more than 9 stories from an outdoor space. Above the hotel is a 34 storey residential tower and hotel and residents share the use of communal spaces including the lobby, leisure facilities, swimming pool, spa facilities, meeting and conference spaces as well as an external roof garden that overlooks the Olympic Park. The site sits to the immediate north of Stratford International rail station and the Docklands Light Railway giving excellent transport links. The striking double-cantilevered tower has been designed by architects SOM (Skidmore Owings and Merrill) in partnership with Harry Handelsman, legendary founder of the Manhattan Loft Corporation. The Sunday Times Style magazine says, "if anyone can rekindle our love of tall buildings, it's Handelsman."
 
 
 

The Dixon

Opens Autumn 2018

The Dixon Opens Autumn 2018 The Dixon, a new boutique style hotel part of Autograph Collection Hotels, opens in Autumn 2018. Formerly the home of the Old Tower Bridge Magistrates Court, The Dixon transforms this historic building into a traditional boutique hotel offering 193 individually styled rooms and suites. Named after John Dixon Butler - the architect who originally constructed the Tooley Street building in 1905 - the hotel mixes old and new. The 193 rooms, including nine suites, present an artful mix of heritage design - simple brickwork, tall windows and modern furniture - and modern art. Curated artworks from local artists hang on the walls. All rooms come with state-of-the-art technology, including smart TVs and complimentary ultra-fast Wi-Fi. Cleverly reflecting the building's past as a courtroom, the Courthouse cafe serves hotel guests and locals alike while decor repurposes pieces of furniture reclaimed from the old courthouse. 2018/10/15 Where:
The Dixon, 211 Tooley Street London, SE1 2JY
Category: New Hotels

The Dixon, 211 Tooley Street, London, SE1 2JY

Tube: London Bridge Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft Corporation

The Dixon, a new boutique style hotel part of Autograph Collection Hotels, opens in Autumn 2018.

Formerly the home of the Old Tower Bridge Magistrates Court, The Dixon transforms this historic building into a traditional boutique hotel offering 193 individually styled rooms and suites. Named after John Dixon Butler - the architect who originally constructed the Tooley Street building in 1905 - the hotel mixes old and new. The 193 rooms, including nine suites, present an artful mix of heritage design - simple brickwork, tall windows and modern furniture - and modern art. Curated artworks from local artists hang on the walls. All rooms come with state-of-the-art technology, including smart TVs and complimentary ultra-fast Wi-Fi. Cleverly reflecting the building's past as a courtroom, the Courthouse cafe serves hotel guests and locals alike while decor repurposes pieces of furniture reclaimed from the old courthouse.
 
 
 

Coal Drops Yard

Opens Autumn 2018

Coal Drops Yard Opens Autumn 2018 Coal Drops Yard opens in autumn 2018. Originally built in the 1850s to facilitate the distribution of coal from the north-east and Yorkshire to London, Coal Drops Yard is reinvented in 2018 as a fashionable shopping district in King's Cross. Victorian brick arches and surviving ironwork are purposed in a design by Heatherwick Studio that brings together the industrial heritage with contemporary design. With canal-side location and proximity to restaurants, cafes and Central St Martins, Coal Drops Yard is an attractive place to shop. First retailers announced include fashion concept store 18Montrose, modern British spectacles and sunglasses company Cubitts and boutique bag designers Lost Property of London. Plus designer Tom Dixon moves his entire headquarters to the Coal Office, part of the wider Coal Drops Yard estate, in March 2018. 2018/11/01 Where:
Coal Drops Yard, Kings Cross Goods Yard London, N1C
Category:

Coal Drops Yard, Kings Cross Goods Yard, London, N1C

Tube: King's Cross Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft Corporation

Coal Drops Yard opens in autumn 2018.

Originally built in the 1850s to facilitate the distribution of coal from the north-east and Yorkshire to London, Coal Drops Yard is reinvented in 2018 as a fashionable shopping district in King's Cross. Victorian brick arches and surviving ironwork are purposed in a design by Heatherwick Studio that brings together the industrial heritage with contemporary design. With canal-side location and proximity to restaurants, cafes and Central St Martins, Coal Drops Yard is an attractive place to shop. First retailers announced include fashion concept store 18Montrose, modern British spectacles and sunglasses company Cubitts and boutique bag designers Lost Property of London. Plus designer Tom Dixon moves his entire headquarters to the Coal Office, part of the wider Coal Drops Yard estate, in March 2018.
 
 
 

Elephant West

Opens autumn 2018

Elephant West Opens autumn 2018 Contemporary art and culture magazine Elephant opens a new art project space in White City in autumn 2018. Housed in a converted petrol station in White City, re-designed by architects Liddicoat and Goldhill, Elephant West is an art project space run by contemporary art and culture magazine Elephant; a place where you'll see cutting edge installations by up and coming artists. Combining print, digital and physical art, live dance and music performances, film screenings, as well as talks and workshops curated by the magazine, come here to see ground-breaking works that break down the traditional barriers between different art forms. In a nod to its famous neighbour Television Centre, the BBC's former headquarters, Elephant magazine will broadcast from here, live-streaming events and publishing other exclusive video content via its elephant.art website. There's a cafe, shop and outdoor garden area and, o ver the summer, they're running a series of pop-up events and activities in and around White City. 2018/11/01 Where:
Elephant West, 62 Wood Lane, Shepherd's Bush London, W12 7RH
Category: Art Galleries

Elephant West, 62 Wood Lane, Shepherd's Bush, London, W12 7RH

Tube: White City Station, Wood Lane Station, Latimer Road Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft Corporation

Contemporary art and culture magazine Elephant opens a new art project space in White City in autumn 2018.

Housed in a converted petrol station in White City, re-designed by architects Liddicoat and Goldhill, Elephant West is an art project space run by contemporary art and culture magazine Elephant; a place where you'll see cutting edge installations by up and coming artists. Combining print, digital and physical art, live dance and music performances, film screenings, as well as talks and workshops curated by the magazine, come here to see ground-breaking works that break down the traditional barriers between different art forms. In a nod to its famous neighbour Television Centre, the BBC's former headquarters, Elephant magazine will broadcast from here, live-streaming events and publishing other exclusive video content via its elephant.art website. There's a cafe, shop and outdoor garden area and, o ver the summer, they're running a series of pop-up events and activities in and around White City.
 
 
 
 

Boxpark Wembley

Opens late 2018

Boxpark Wembley Opens late 2018 Boxpark Wembley opens in late 2018 in Wembley Park. First we had Boxpark Shoreditch, the first shopping mall made out of shipping containers, then came Boxpark Croydon and in 2018 we're getting a third Boxpark, in Wembley. Bringing a slice of urban street cred to Wembley, Boxpark Wembley will no doubt become a byword for pop up shops and superior street food, just like its sister sites. Boxpark Wembley will differ slightly - instead of shipping containers, it will come with a completely new and bespoke building design on Olympic Way. There will be 29 units for food and a cultural hub where over 200 events will be held, year round. Live music, events, talks and workshops will be held in one of two spaces - an expansive 2,000 capacity events space or a separate, more intimate 300-capacity venue. 2018/12/01 Where:
Boxpark Wembley, Olympic Way, Wembley Park London, HA9 0EG
Category: Shopping Centres

Boxpark Wembley, Olympic Way, Wembley Park, London, HA9 0EG

Tube: Wembley Park Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft Corporation

Boxpark Wembley opens in late 2018 in Wembley Park.

First we had Boxpark Shoreditch, the first shopping mall made out of shipping containers, then came Boxpark Croydon and in 2018 we're getting a third Boxpark, in Wembley. Bringing a slice of urban street cred to Wembley, Boxpark Wembley will no doubt become a byword for pop up shops and superior street food, just like its sister sites. Boxpark Wembley will differ slightly - instead of shipping containers, it will come with a completely new and bespoke building design on Olympic Way. There will be 29 units for food and a cultural hub where over 200 events will be held, year round. Live music, events, talks and workshops will be held in one of two spaces - an expansive 2,000 capacity events space or a separate, more intimate 300-capacity venue.
 
 
 

Vista Hotel

Opens Late 2018

Vista Hotel Opens Late 2018 The Wanda Vista Hotel opens in late 2018. Part of One Nine Elms, a mixed-use development which overlooks the river Thames at Battersea, the Wanda Vista Hotel will be the first Chinese 5 star hotel by the Wanda brand in the UK when it's complete - expected to be in late 2018. Occupying the smaller, 45 storey (160 metre) tower at the Nine Elms regeneration site which stretches between Vauxhall and Battersea, the hotel will sit alongside a taller 60 storey high rise - one of Western Europe's tallest residential developments. There will be 436 flats and 3,600 square feet of shops next to the hotel which is expected to consist of 187 rooms at a cost of £700 million. Banqueting and conferencing facilities, a restaurant and brassiere, as well as a swimming pool and health spa located in the podium building are all part of the hotel plans. Entry to the hotel would be from the central plaza located between the City and River Towers. The vast 480-acre Nine Elms regeneration site straddling Wandsworth and Lambeth boroughs is undergoing massive regeneration with the US embassy, offices, flats, retail and leisure areas all being built, served by an extension to the tube's Northern line due to open in 2016. At the western end of the site, Battersea Power Station is being redeveloped as a mixed-use scheme by its Malaysian owners. 2018/12/1 Where:
Vista Hotel, One Nine Elms London, SW8 5NQ
Category: New Hotels

Vista Hotel, One Nine Elms, London, SW8 5NQ

Tube: Vauxhall Station

 
 

The Wanda Vista Hotel opens in late 2018.

Part of One Nine Elms, a mixed-use development which overlooks the river Thames at Battersea, the Wanda Vista Hotel will be the first Chinese 5 star hotel by the Wanda brand in the UK when it's complete - expected to be in late 2018. Occupying the smaller, 45 storey (160 metre) tower at the Nine Elms regeneration site which stretches between Vauxhall and Battersea, the hotel will sit alongside a taller 60 storey high rise - one of Western Europe's tallest residential developments. There will be 436 flats and 3,600 square feet of shops next to the hotel which is expected to consist of 187 rooms at a cost of £700 million. Banqueting and conferencing facilities, a restaurant and brassiere, as well as a swimming pool and health spa located in the podium building are all part of the hotel plans. Entry to the hotel would be from the central plaza located between the City and River Towers. The vast 480-acre Nine Elms regeneration site straddling Wandsworth and Lambeth boroughs is undergoing massive regeneration with the US embassy, offices, flats, retail and leisure areas all being built, served by an extension to the tube's Northern line due to open in 2016. At the western end of the site, Battersea Power Station is being redeveloped as a mixed-use scheme by its Malaysian owners.
 
 
 

The Royal Oak

Opened 19th June 2018

The Royal Oak Opened 19th June 2018 On 8th June 2018 Dan Doherty, chef, author and judge on BBC's Britain's Best Cook, announced on Instagram that he'd bought this beautiful pub in Marylebone. Ten days after getting the keys, following a good scrub down, a lick of paint and some fresh hanging baskets, he reopened The Royal Oak with little fanfare and some really good beers. Giving an honest account of bringing the Marylebone pub back to life via Instagram, fans of the chef - who first came to our attention when he was at Duck & Waffle - have seen the speedy turnaround of the pub with 'a good soul'. Promising "some epic beers" - we spotted cases of Duvel, Vedett, Belgian beer by Liefmans, pale ale from Orval and Hackney's Five Points Brewing Company - and decent wines as well as food in the second week... see Dan Doherty on Instagram @dandoherty_ for the latest updates. 2018/06/19 Where:
The Royal Oak, 74-76 York Street London, W1H 1QN
Category: Pubs

The Royal Oak, 74-76 York Street, London, W1H 1QN

Tube: Marylebone Station, Baker Street Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan Doherty
On 8th June 2018 Dan Doherty, chef, author and judge on BBC's Britain's Best Cook, announced on Instagram that he'd bought this beautiful pub in Marylebone. Ten days after getting the keys, following a good scrub down, a lick of paint and some fresh hanging baskets, he reopened The Royal Oak with little fanfare and some really good beers. Giving an honest account of bringing the Marylebone pub back to life via Instagram, fans of the chef - who first came to our attention when he was at Duck & Waffle - have seen the speedy turnaround of the pub with 'a good soul'. Promising "some epic beers" - we spotted cases of Duvel, Vedett, Belgian beer by Liefmans, pale ale from Orval and Hackney's Five Points Brewing Company - and decent wines as well as food in the second week... see Dan Doherty on Instagram @dandoherty_ for the latest updates.
 
 
 

Cora Pearl

Opened 18th June 2018

Cora Pearl Opened 18th June 2018 With double-height windows opening onto the 'Actors' Church', this Covent Garden restaurant from the team behind Kitty Fisher's is an attractive proposition. George Barson heads up both sites as executive chef and takes inspiration from ' the party queen of Paris' at Cora Pearl. The 60 seat restaurant embodies the drama and excitement of her glamourous demi-monde life and serves a menu of simple classics and decadent dishes. Shrimp Newburg and a pig jowl and Montgomery cheese toastie sit alongside starters of leek heart with smoked eel. Main courses are a comforting fish stew, or confit pork belly with smoked quince as well as daily specials. Parquet flooring, dark textiles, ferns, upholstered wall-panels, tarnished mirrors and vintage lights decorate the main ground floor dining room overlooking Inigo Jones's St Paul's Church while the lower ground floor houses the open kitchen and an intimate cocktail bar with a late licence for post-theatre drinks and dining. 2018/06/18 Where:
Cora Pearl, 30 Henrietta Street London, WC2E 8NA
Category: French Cuisine

Cora Pearl, 30 Henrietta Street, London, WC2E 8NA

Tube: Covent Garden Station, Leicester Square Station, Charing Cross Station, Embankment Underground Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barson
With double-height windows opening onto the 'Actors' Church', this Covent Garden restaurant from the team behind Kitty Fisher's is an attractive proposition. George Barson heads up both sites as executive chef and takes inspiration from ' the party queen of Paris' at Cora Pearl. The 60 seat restaurant embodies the drama and excitement of her glamourous demi-monde life and serves a menu of simple classics and decadent dishes. Shrimp Newburg and a pig jowl and Montgomery cheese toastie sit alongside starters of leek heart with smoked eel. Main courses are a comforting fish stew, or confit pork belly with smoked quince as well as daily specials. Parquet flooring, dark textiles, ferns, upholstered wall-panels, tarnished mirrors and vintage lights decorate the main ground floor dining room overlooking Inigo Jones's St Paul's Church while the lower ground floor houses the open kitchen and an intimate cocktail bar with a late licence for post-theatre drinks and dining.
 
 
 

MoreYoga Tower Bridge

Opened 18th June 2018

MoreYoga Tower Bridge Opened 18th June 2018 Two years after launching its first studio in 2016 MoreYoga, which has studios across London, added this Tower Bridge space. The 14th yoga studio from the group has an intimate feel with simple design and offers a 'no-fuss approach' to yoga. Classes are held throughout the day and follow an intuitive programme with many yoga-fitness crossovers, specialist restorative classes and traditional branches of yoga with a twist. Each class is tailored by experienced teachers. Those who sign up for MoreYoga memberships don't just get to use the Tower Bridge studio, they can access multiple studios across London, from Caledonian Road to Clapham. 2018/06/18 Where:
MoreYoga Tower Bridge, 7 Horselydown Lane London, SE1 2LN
Category:

MoreYoga Tower Bridge, 7 Horselydown Lane, London, SE1 2LN

Tube: London Bridge Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barson
Two years after launching its first studio in 2016 MoreYoga, which has studios across London, added this Tower Bridge space. The 14th yoga studio from the group has an intimate feel with simple design and offers a 'no-fuss approach' to yoga. Classes are held throughout the day and follow an intuitive programme with many yoga-fitness crossovers, specialist restorative classes and traditional branches of yoga with a twist. Each class is tailored by experienced teachers. Those who sign up for MoreYoga memberships don't just get to use the Tower Bridge studio, they can access multiple studios across London, from Caledonian Road to Clapham.
 
 
 
 

Brother Marcus Angel

Opened June 2018

Brother Marcus Angel Opened June 2018 Renowned for their award winning brunch, Brother Marcus , bring their sweet potato, courgette and feta fritters to Islington, to a bigger site than the Balham original . A stone's throw from Angel station, this branch adds an evening menu of Mediterranean small plates, Cretan old school cocktails and Greek wines. Friends and founders, Alex, Arthur and Tasos, use recipes that have been passed down through generations. So in the evenings you can try fried feta with honey and sesame, homemade crisps with oregano and lemon zest salt and daily home-baked Lagana bread - and that's just for starters. Grilled octopus, chargrilled aubergine and cracked pork belly are just three of the dishes on the menu divided into earth, land, sea and snacks. The interior design is a mix of natural and industrial materials, there's wooden in-built banquet seating with foliage falling around a steel grid. A semi-private dining room seating 12 is available for those looking to host their own parties. 2018/06/15 Where:
Brother Marcus Angel, 37-39 Camden Passage London, N1 8EA
Category: Mediterranean Cuisine

Brother Marcus Angel, 37-39 Camden Passage, London, N1 8EA

Tube: Angel Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barson
Renowned for their award winning brunch, Brother Marcus , bring their sweet potato, courgette and feta fritters to Islington, to a bigger site than the Balham original . A stone's throw from Angel station, this branch adds an evening menu of Mediterranean small plates, Cretan old school cocktails and Greek wines. Friends and founders, Alex, Arthur and Tasos, use recipes that have been passed down through generations. So in the evenings you can try fried feta with honey and sesame, homemade crisps with oregano and lemon zest salt and daily home-baked Lagana bread - and that's just for starters. Grilled octopus, chargrilled aubergine and cracked pork belly are just three of the dishes on the menu divided into earth, land, sea and snacks. The interior design is a mix of natural and industrial materials, there's wooden in-built banquet seating with foliage falling around a steel grid. A semi-private dining room seating 12 is available for those looking to host their own parties.
 
 
 

FirstLight Cycle

Opened June 2018

FirstLight Cycle Opened June 2018 With cycle studios like Psycle and Boom Cycle popping up all over the capital, there's been something of an indoor cycling revolution in the city. FirstLight Cycle ups the ante with the UK's largest boutique cycling centre, with three studios in Westfield London. Their USP is the use of sunlight simulation technology which they say will increase circadian rhythm, awaken the senses, enhance energy and improve your mood. Playlists for each class are choreographed to deliver a full body workout on a bike, with weighted body bars used for upper body and core strength movements. Riders are then taken on a journey from sunrise through to sunset, revealing a themed destination using special acoustics and visuals. FirstLight Cycle will join other brands including All Star Lanes and Puttshack within Westfield's west London expansion, making the shopping centre the largest in Europe. 2018/06/15 Where:
FirstLight Cycle, Westfield London London, W12 7GF
Category:

FirstLight Cycle, Westfield , London, W12 7GF

Tube: Wood Lane Station, Shepherd's Bush Market Station (Hammersmith and City Line), Shepherd's Bush Station (Central)

 
 
With cycle studios like Psycle and Boom Cycle popping up all over the capital, there's been something of an indoor cycling revolution in the city. FirstLight Cycle ups the ante with the UK's largest boutique cycling centre, with three studios in Westfield London. Their USP is the use of sunlight simulation technology which they say will increase circadian rhythm, awaken the senses, enhance energy and improve your mood. Playlists for each class are choreographed to deliver a full body workout on a bike, with weighted body bars used for upper body and core strength movements. Riders are then taken on a journey from sunrise through to sunset, revealing a themed destination using special acoustics and visuals. FirstLight Cycle will join other brands including All Star Lanes and Puttshack within Westfield's west London expansion, making the shopping centre the largest in Europe.
 
 
 

HUCKSTER

Opened early June 2018

HUCKSTER Opened early June 2018 A food hub inspired by the lower Manhattan 1980s street food scene, HUCKSTER is an all-day dining and drinking destination in Paddington Central with a karaoke bar and a graffiti'd NY subway car. If you're looking for a slice of retro NYC you've come to the right place. Food choices include RUMBL where you'll find hot chips tossed with thyme and different toppings including Chicken skin dust with chimichurri mayo. Crooked Peel Pizza Co. offers NY sourdough pizzas with nduja, habanero chili and mozzarella di bufala. TRUE Burgers invite you to try the MACnPATTY, a beef patty covered with oodles of mac and cheese. WONTON WILLY specialises in wonton noodle soups with bean sprouts and choi sum. For something sweet visit BUBBLE GODS where ice cream waffle cones come in flavours like Oreo Heaven. The interior is a mix of grit and glamour with a DJ led 80s and pop soundtrack and there are bookable areas, perfect for groups, including that karaoke bar and subway car. 2018/06/15 Where:
HUCKSTER, 4 Kingdom Street London, W2 6AE
Category:

HUCKSTER, 4 Kingdom Street, London, W2 6AE

Tube: Royal Oak Station, Warwick Avenue Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barson
A food hub inspired by the lower Manhattan 1980s street food scene, HUCKSTER is an all-day dining and drinking destination in Paddington Central with a karaoke bar and a graffiti'd NY subway car. If you're looking for a slice of retro NYC you've come to the right place. Food choices include RUMBL where you'll find hot chips tossed with thyme and different toppings including Chicken skin dust with chimichurri mayo. Crooked Peel Pizza Co. offers NY sourdough pizzas with nduja, habanero chili and mozzarella di bufala. TRUE Burgers invite you to try the MACnPATTY, a beef patty covered with oodles of mac and cheese. WONTON WILLY specialises in wonton noodle soups with bean sprouts and choi sum. For something sweet visit BUBBLE GODS where ice cream waffle cones come in flavours like Oreo Heaven. The interior is a mix of grit and glamour with a DJ led 80s and pop soundtrack and there are bookable areas, perfect for groups, including that karaoke bar and subway car.
 
 
 

La Mia Mamma

Opened 15th June 2018

La Mia Mamma Opened 15th June 2018 An Italian restaurant of a different sort, La Mia Mamma prides itself on offering the very best regional Italian cuisine and aims to provide a taste of traditional home cooking. Opened by Peppe Corsaro, Corrado Mozzillo and Luca Maggiora, who all have fond childhood memories of their Mamma's food, the restaurant will welcome an Italian Mamma from a different region each season. The Mamma will take over the kitchen in order to create a range of fresh, regional dishes. All pastas are handmade daily in the restaurant window so the whole of Chelsea can see the Mamma in action. A selection of meats and fish will also be available, slow cooked on the charcoal Robata grill, and drinks will include a menu of Sicilian inspired cocktails and Italian wine, chosen to perfectly complement the food. 2018/06/15 Where:
La Mia Mamma, 257 King's Road London, SW3 5EL
Category: Italian Cuisine

La Mia Mamma, 257 King's Road, London, SW3 5EL

Tube: South Kensington Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barson
An Italian restaurant of a different sort, La Mia Mamma prides itself on offering the very best regional Italian cuisine and aims to provide a taste of traditional home cooking. Opened by Peppe Corsaro, Corrado Mozzillo and Luca Maggiora, who all have fond childhood memories of their Mamma's food, the restaurant will welcome an Italian Mamma from a different region each season. The Mamma will take over the kitchen in order to create a range of fresh, regional dishes. All pastas are handmade daily in the restaurant window so the whole of Chelsea can see the Mamma in action. A selection of meats and fish will also be available, slow cooked on the charcoal Robata grill, and drinks will include a menu of Sicilian inspired cocktails and Italian wine, chosen to perfectly complement the food.
 
 
 

Megan's on the Hill

Opened mid June 2018

Megan's on the Hill Opened mid June 2018 A favourite among west Londoners since 2002 Megan's, the dog-friendly cafe and restaurant, has built up a loyal following at branches in Fulham and Parsons Green. At Megan's on the Hill the simple formula of homemade cooking and instagrammable interiors is replicated in Balham on Bedford Hill (where the old Starbucks used to be). Bring your well-behaved four legged friend while you enjoy all-day brunch and organic coffee. Try a fresh juice or smoothie to kick start your morning. Eggs Benedict and home-made granola feature on the menu alongside top class cooked breakfasts. On the weekends you can enjoy bottomless brunch while the evening offering, similar to that at the Kings Road restaurant, includes sourdough pizzas. Try antipasti and charcuterie sharing boards to start, with shakshouka or deconstructed pan kebabs for main. 2018/06/15 Where:
Megan's on the Hill, 41-43 Bedford Hill London, SW12 9EY
Category: Cafes and Delis

Megan's on the Hill, 41-43 Bedford Hill, London, SW12 9EY

Tube: Balham Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barson
A favourite among west Londoners since 2002 Megan's, the dog-friendly cafe and restaurant, has built up a loyal following at branches in Fulham and Parsons Green. At Megan's on the Hill the simple formula of homemade cooking and instagrammable interiors is replicated in Balham on Bedford Hill (where the old Starbucks used to be). Bring your well-behaved four legged friend while you enjoy all-day brunch and organic coffee. Try a fresh juice or smoothie to kick start your morning. Eggs Benedict and home-made granola feature on the menu alongside top class cooked breakfasts. On the weekends you can enjoy bottomless brunch while the evening offering, similar to that at the Kings Road restaurant, includes sourdough pizzas. Try antipasti and charcuterie sharing boards to start, with shakshouka or deconstructed pan kebabs for main.
 
 
 
 

One Blackfriars

Opened 2018

One Blackfriars Opened 2018 Shortlisted for the 2015 World Architecture Festival Awards before it was even completed, One Blackfriars - or 'The Vase' - is a 170 metre high tower on London's Southbank where homes start at more than a million pounds... for a one-bed. The 50-storey asymmetric tower designed by SimpsonHaugh Architects makes its mark on London's skyline with an unusual curved vertical line - looking not unlike a boomerang. Within the curvaceous high rise are 273 new homes - costing up to £23 million - with interiors by Tara Bernerd's firm and with access to a spa and swimming pool, private screening room, wine cellar and an executive lounge on the 32nd level, complete with a private dining area. The boutique 161-bedroom Bankside Hotel, with interiors by US based Dayna Lee and Ted Berner, the principal designers of Powerstrip Studio - occupies the low-rise six storey building on Rennie Street at the base of the residential tower. The hotel is housed behind a separate curved glass facade and includes a restaurant and bar with an outdoor terrace , state-of-the-art fitness facilities and a 'white cube' art gallery. 2018/06/15 Where:
One Blackfriars, 1-16 Blackfriars Road London, SE1 9UF
Category: Sights

One Blackfriars, 1-16 Blackfriars Road, London, SE1 9UF

Tube: Blackfriars Underground Station, Southwark Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George Plc
Shortlisted for the 2015 World Architecture Festival Awards before it was even completed, One Blackfriars - or 'The Vase' - is a 170 metre high tower on London's Southbank where homes start at more than a million pounds... for a one-bed. The 50-storey asymmetric tower designed by SimpsonHaugh Architects makes its mark on London's skyline with an unusual curved vertical line - looking not unlike a boomerang. Within the curvaceous high rise are 273 new homes - costing up to £23 million - with interiors by Tara Bernerd's firm and with access to a spa and swimming pool, private screening room, wine cellar and an executive lounge on the 32nd level, complete with a private dining area. The boutique 161-bedroom Bankside Hotel, with interiors by US based Dayna Lee and Ted Berner, the principal designers of Powerstrip Studio - occupies the low-rise six storey building on Rennie Street at the base of the residential tower. The hotel is housed behind a separate curved glass facade and includes a restaurant and bar with an outdoor terrace , state-of-the-art fitness facilities and a 'white cube' art gallery.
 
 
 

Rok Soho

Opened mid 2018

Rok Soho Opened mid 2018 Rok, the Scandinavian restaurant which has, up until now, built a reputation for smoked meats, puts a greater emphasis on plant based dishes with its Soho restaurant, the first central London location from the group. With Rok Shoreditch and Islington already flying the flag for Guinea fowl and bacon jam, Rok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt Young have come up with more vegetable centric dishes - quite a change from the smoked meats which they are known for. The menu at Rok Soho has a section for fermented and pickled dishes made in-house - think cultured dairy products and fermented probiotic drinks. As well as non-alcoholic drinks they serve low ABV house meads and drinking vinegars developed in partnership with cocktail guru and long time collaborator Matt Whiley. 2018/06/15 Where:
Rok Soho, Soho London, W1
Category:

Rok Soho, Soho, London, W1

Tube: Tottenham Court Road Station, Goodge Street Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt Young
Rok, the Scandinavian restaurant which has, up until now, built a reputation for smoked meats, puts a greater emphasis on plant based dishes with its Soho restaurant, the first central London location from the group. With Rok Shoreditch and Islington already flying the flag for Guinea fowl and bacon jam, Rok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt Young have come up with more vegetable centric dishes - quite a change from the smoked meats which they are known for. The menu at Rok Soho has a section for fermented and pickled dishes made in-house - think cultured dairy products and fermented probiotic drinks. As well as non-alcoholic drinks they serve low ABV house meads and drinking vinegars developed in partnership with cocktail guru and long time collaborator Matt Whiley.
 
 
 

Brigadiers

Opened 6th June 2018

Brigadiers Opened 6th June 2018 They've given us the Michelin starred Trishna and Gymkhana, the hugely popular Hoppers as well as delivery service Motu Indian Kitchen. Now Jyotin, Karam, Karam Sethi and Sunaina Sethi, the family team behind JKS Restaurants, are bringing Brigadiers, a brand new concept, to Bloomberg Arcade. With two bars - Blighters and The Tap Room - as well as a whisky vending machine, on-tap cocktails, Champagne and punch fountains, and the group's own beer mean that Brigadiers will be a destination for the drinks as much as the food. Showing live sport on screens throughout the seven-roomed venue, other theatrical additions include a Pool Room and a card table in the Kukri private dining room. Outside, a wraparound terrace with seating for 34 offers a unique space for al fresco drinking and dining, with beer and prosecco on tap and cocktails. A separate Terrace Menu offers beer snacks such as 'Ox Cheek Vindaloo Samosas', 'Achari Chicken Skins', and 'Lotus Root & Puff Chaat' as well as a selection of small plates, bun kebabs and Pao. One of ten restaurants in the arcade, Brigadiers occupies one of three flagship spaces in the development next to Bloomberg's new European HQ, designed in collaboration with Foster + Partners. 2018/06/06 Where:
Brigadiers, 1-5 Bloomberg Arcade, 3 Queen Victoria Street London, EC2R
Category: Indian/South Asian Cuisine

Brigadiers, 1-5 Bloomberg Arcade, 3 Queen Victoria Street, London, EC2R

Tube: Mansion House Station, Cannon Street Station, Bank Station, Monument Station, St. Paul's Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken Skins
They've given us the Michelin starred Trishna and Gymkhana, the hugely popular Hoppers as well as delivery service Motu Indian Kitchen. Now Jyotin, Karam, Karam Sethi and Sunaina Sethi, the family team behind JKS Restaurants, are bringing Brigadiers, a brand new concept, to Bloomberg Arcade. With two bars - Blighters and The Tap Room - as well as a whisky vending machine, on-tap cocktails, Champagne and punch fountains, and the group's own beer mean that Brigadiers will be a destination for the drinks as much as the food. Showing live sport on screens throughout the seven-roomed venue, other theatrical additions include a Pool Room and a card table in the Kukri private dining room. Outside, a wraparound terrace with seating for 34 offers a unique space for al fresco drinking and dining, with beer and prosecco on tap and cocktails. A separate Terrace Menu offers beer snacks such as 'Ox Cheek Vindaloo Samosas', 'Achari Chicken Skins', and 'Lotus Root & Puff Chaat' as well as a selection of small plates, bun kebabs and Pao. One of ten restaurants in the arcade, Brigadiers occupies one of three flagship spaces in the development next to Bloomberg's new European HQ, designed in collaboration with Foster + Partners.
 
 
 

Hotel Indigo London - Aldgate

Opened 5th June 2018

Hotel Indigo London - Aldgate Opened 5th June 2018 Situated beside the Whitechapel Gallery, Spitalfields and Petticoat Lane, Hotel Indigo London - Aldgate brings modern, comfortable accommodation to Aldgate. The 212-room hotel includes doubles, twins with two double beds as well as several deluxe rooms and top floor suites. Each room comes with free WiFi, complimentary locally-stocked mini fridge and 24-hour room service. Modern and urban, the i nterior design is by Dexter Moren Associates, an architectural practice whose work includes The Curtain hotel, the Great Northern Hotel and the Shangri-La. Facilities include a restaurant where you can enjoy contemporary dishes and cocktails in a hotel which draws on the rich history of the local neighbourhood. 2018/06/05 Where:
Hotel Indigo London - Aldgate, 10 New Drum Street London, E1 7AT
Category: New Hotels

Hotel Indigo London - Aldgate, 10 New Drum Street, London, E1 7AT

Tube: Aldgate East Station, Aldgate East Underground Station, Aldgate Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken Skins
Situated beside the Whitechapel Gallery, Spitalfields and Petticoat Lane, Hotel Indigo London - Aldgate brings modern, comfortable accommodation to Aldgate. The 212-room hotel includes doubles, twins with two double beds as well as several deluxe rooms and top floor suites. Each room comes with free WiFi, complimentary locally-stocked mini fridge and 24-hour room service. Modern and urban, the i nterior design is by Dexter Moren Associates, an architectural practice whose work includes The Curtain hotel, the Great Northern Hotel and the Shangri-La. Facilities include a restaurant where you can enjoy contemporary dishes and cocktails in a hotel which draws on the rich history of the local neighbourhood.
 
 
 

Hans' Bar & Grill

Opened 1st June 2018

Hans' Bar & Grill Opened 1st June 2018 Walking distance from Sloane Square, Hans' Bar & Grill offers an all-day seasonal menu and plush velvet chairs behind one of Pavilion Road's charming mews facades. The 106-seat restaurant, nestled amongst the artisanal shops and food suppliers of the picturesque street and part of 11 Cadogan Gardens, comes from the the team behind Chewton Glen and Cliveden House and is headed by chef Adam England (previously of Le Pont de la Tour). British produce is underpinned by his classical cookery skills, from his signature duck breast, to confit salmon, goats curd and cucumber, and his own take on a classic veal carpaccio. Taking inspiration from the namesake of the restaurant, Hans Sloane, who was credited with bringing cocoa to the UK, chocolate desserts and hot chocolate are a highlight at this inviting neighbourhood spot. Stop by for breakfast and brunch - for favourites like eggs benedict and steak tartare - or pull up at stool at the 20 seat bar. 2018/06/01 Where:
Hans' Bar & Grill, 164 Pavilion Road London, SW1X 0BP
Category: British Cuisine

Hans' Bar & Grill, 164 Pavilion Road, London, SW1X 0BP

Tube: Sloane Square Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam England
Walking distance from Sloane Square, Hans' Bar & Grill offers an all-day seasonal menu and plush velvet chairs behind one of Pavilion Road's charming mews facades. The 106-seat restaurant, nestled amongst the artisanal shops and food suppliers of the picturesque street and part of 11 Cadogan Gardens, comes from the the team behind Chewton Glen and Cliveden House and is headed by chef Adam England (previously of Le Pont de la Tour). British produce is underpinned by his classical cookery skills, from his signature duck breast, to confit salmon, goats curd and cucumber, and his own take on a classic veal carpaccio. Taking inspiration from the namesake of the restaurant, Hans Sloane, who was credited with bringing cocoa to the UK, chocolate desserts and hot chocolate are a highlight at this inviting neighbourhood spot. Stop by for breakfast and brunch - for favourites like eggs benedict and steak tartare - or pull up at stool at the 20 seat bar.
 
 
 
 

Kricket White City

Opened summer 2018

Kricket White City Opened summer 2018 It started out with a two year stint in one of Pop Brixton 's shipping containers then, in January 2017, Kricket's first permanent restaurant in Soho and this second, much larger bricks and mortar site in White City follows in summer 2018. Set up by founders chef Will Bowlby and Rik Campbell, Kricket brings a modern, seasonal twist to Indian dishes. This 3,600 square foot restaurant in White City has an open kitchen, cocktail bar, outdoor terrace and seating for up to 140 so it can take reservations of all sizes. Part of the £10 billion White City regeneration project, Kricket joins other food, drink and entertainment options at Television Centre including Homeslice, Patty & Bun, Butterscotch Bakery and a second outpost of the Bluebird Cafe as well as White City House - a members' club, 47-bedroom hotel and an Electric Cinema from Soho House, all of which open in 2018. 2018/06/01 Where:
Kricket White City, Television Centre, 89 Wood Lane London, W12 8FA
Category: Indian/South Asian Cuisine

Kricket White City, Television Centre, 89 Wood Lane, London, W12 8FA

Tube: Wood Lane Station, White City Station, Latimer Road Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh Johnson
It started out with a two year stint in one of Pop Brixton 's shipping containers then, in January 2017, Kricket's first permanent restaurant in Soho and this second, much larger bricks and mortar site in White City follows in summer 2018. Set up by founders chef Will Bowlby and Rik Campbell, Kricket brings a modern, seasonal twist to Indian dishes. This 3,600 square foot restaurant in White City has an open kitchen, cocktail bar, outdoor terrace and seating for up to 140 so it can take reservations of all sizes. Part of the £10 billion White City regeneration project, Kricket joins other food, drink and entertainment options at Television Centre including Homeslice, Patty & Bun, Butterscotch Bakery and a second outpost of the Bluebird Cafe as well as White City House - a members' club, 47-bedroom hotel and an Electric Cinema from Soho House, all of which open in 2018.
 
 
 

The Hoxton Southwark

Opened 1st June 2018

The Hoxton Southwark Opened 1st June 2018 When they opened their first hotel in Shoreditch in 2006, The Hoxton paved the way for design-led budget hotels, showing disbelievers that you didn't have to pay for expensive mini-bars, and rip-off rates for phone calls or internet access. Its success has led to a third hotel in London, a 192-bedroom property on Blackfriars Road in Southwark, which is expected to open in 2018, joining existing Hoxton hotels in Shoreditch and Holborn. Occupying the lower six floors of a 14-storey building, Soho House - who already run The Hoxton Grill at the Hoxton Shoreditch and Chicken Shop and Hubbard & Bell at Hoxton Holborn - will operate a restaurant on the ground floor and a bar at the top. "It's conquered east and central London and now Hoxton is poised to take the south" ran an Evening Standard headline when planning permission was granted in 2015. Where The Hoxton goes, the hipsters follow. 2018/6/1 Where:
The Hoxton Southwark, 32-40 Blackfriars Road London, SE1 8PB
Category: New Hotels

The Hoxton Southwark, 32-40 Blackfriars Road, London, SE1 8PB

Tube: Southwark Station

 
 
When they opened their first hotel in Shoreditch in 2006, The Hoxton paved the way for design-led budget hotels, showing disbelievers that you didn't have to pay for expensive mini-bars, and rip-off rates for phone calls or internet access. Its success has led to a third hotel in London, a 192-bedroom property on Blackfriars Road in Southwark, which is expected to open in 2018, joining existing Hoxton hotels in Shoreditch and Holborn. Occupying the lower six floors of a 14-storey building, Soho House - who already run The Hoxton Grill at the Hoxton Shoreditch and Chicken Shop and Hubbard & Bell at Hoxton Holborn - will operate a restaurant on the ground floor and a bar at the top. "It's conquered east and central London and now Hoxton is poised to take the south" ran an Evening Standard headline when planning permission was granted in 2015. Where The Hoxton goes, the hipsters follow.
 
 
 

Scarlett Green

Opened May 2018

Scarlett Green Opened May 2018 Antipodean-inspired food and cocktails are the speciality at Scarlett Green, a two floor Soho restaurant inspired by Melbourne and Sydney cafe culture. It's part of the Daisy Green Collection, set up by Prue Freeman and known for its fresh Aussie style. On Soho's Noel Street, the cafe sells small plates of spicy tuna tostadas, Bondi hot prawns and Vegemite, truffle and cheese doughnuts. Alongside their much-loved vegetarian and vegan options, there's sashimi and ceviche with seafood delivered daily from the Looe market day boats. Choose from over 24 Aussie wines by the glass, craft beers or a flat white made with their house Beany blend. Bottomless brunch helps create a laid back vibe, reinforced by live acoustic music upstairs from 4pm daily and late night DJ sets. It's all set against huge bespoke artworks including a 20 foot mural by Paul Robinson and original pieces by Oli Epp, Louise Dear and Shuby. There's more from the group with Timmy Green in Nova, rated one of London's Top Paleo restaurants by Vogue in 2017. 2018/05/31 Where:
Scarlett Green, 4 Noel Street London, W1F 8GB
Category:

Scarlett Green, 4 Noel Street, London, W1F 8GB

Tube: Tottenham Court Road Station, Oxford Circus Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairs
Antipodean-inspired food and cocktails are the speciality at Scarlett Green, a two floor Soho restaurant inspired by Melbourne and Sydney cafe culture. It's part of the Daisy Green Collection, set up by Prue Freeman and known for its fresh Aussie style. On Soho's Noel Street, the cafe sells small plates of spicy tuna tostadas, Bondi hot prawns and Vegemite, truffle and cheese doughnuts. Alongside their much-loved vegetarian and vegan options, there's sashimi and ceviche with seafood delivered daily from the Looe market day boats. Choose from over 24 Aussie wines by the glass, craft beers or a flat white made with their house Beany blend. Bottomless brunch helps create a laid back vibe, reinforced by live acoustic music upstairs from 4pm daily and late night DJ sets. It's all set against huge bespoke artworks including a 20 foot mural by Paul Robinson and original pieces by Oli Epp, Louise Dear and Shuby. There's more from the group with Timmy Green in Nova, rated one of London's Top Paleo restaurants by Vogue in 2017.
 
 
 

The Faber Fox

Opened May 2018

The Faber Fox Opened May 2018 On a prime spot in Crystal Palace, at the top of Westow Hill, the Faber Fox has everything you'd expect from a good neighbourhood pub. There's a large bar and dining space serving satisfying British food and drink from local suppliers and producers; a dedicated sports area with giant screens showing all the latest games; live entertainment including the all-important pub quiz; and a heated outdoor garden and terrace boasting some of the area's best views out across the capital. It's the fifth venue from Livelyhood, the independent pub group on a mission to revive the old pubs of South London, and joins The Clapham North, The Regent in Balham, The Old Frizzle (Wimbledon) and the Mere Scribbler in Streatham as part of the group's growing expansion. 2018/05/31 Where:
The Faber Fox, 25 Westow Hill London, SE19 1TQ
Category: Pubs

The Faber Fox, 25 Westow Hill, London, SE19 1TQ

Tube: Brixton Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairs
On a prime spot in Crystal Palace, at the top of Westow Hill, the Faber Fox has everything you'd expect from a good neighbourhood pub. There's a large bar and dining space serving satisfying British food and drink from local suppliers and producers; a dedicated sports area with giant screens showing all the latest games; live entertainment including the all-important pub quiz; and a heated outdoor garden and terrace boasting some of the area's best views out across the capital. It's the fifth venue from Livelyhood, the independent pub group on a mission to revive the old pubs of South London, and joins The Clapham North, The Regent in Balham, The Old Frizzle (Wimbledon) and the Mere Scribbler in Streatham as part of the group's growing expansion.
 
 
 

601 Queen's Rd

Opened spring 2018

601 Queen's Rd Opened spring 2018 Scandinavian design and a wraparound roof terrace make 601 Queen's Rd an attractive proposition for stylish drinks and all-day dining in Wimbledon village. On sunnier days, the magnificent roof terrace really comes into its own with the pergola providing a serene space to escape city life. Even when the sun isn't playing ball, the light filled bar, decorated with bespoke furniture, hand-picked artwork, ceramic tiles and flooded with natural light from the glass dome, has a seamless indoor-outdoor feel. Open day and night, you can dine alfresco on the roof terrace, grab drinks at the central bar or snuggle up in smaller, warmer spaces next to the cosy fireplace. The Darwin & Wallace group, set up in 2012 by Mel Marriott, previously brand manager of All Bar One, has recast the pub as a new neighbourhood bar - just look at No 197 Chiswick Fire Station , No 1 Duke Street and No 32 The Old Town, where they have their own bee farm - if you need convincing. 2018/05/29 Where:
601 Queen's Rd, Center Court Shopping Center, No. 4 Queens Road London, SW19 8YE
Category: Bars

601 Queen's Rd, Center Court Shopping Center, No. 4 Queens Road, London, SW19 8YE

Tube: Wimbledon Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairs
Scandinavian design and a wraparound roof terrace make 601 Queen's Rd an attractive proposition for stylish drinks and all-day dining in Wimbledon village. On sunnier days, the magnificent roof terrace really comes into its own with the pergola providing a serene space to escape city life. Even when the sun isn't playing ball, the light filled bar, decorated with bespoke furniture, hand-picked artwork, ceramic tiles and flooded with natural light from the glass dome, has a seamless indoor-outdoor feel. Open day and night, you can dine alfresco on the roof terrace, grab drinks at the central bar or snuggle up in smaller, warmer spaces next to the cosy fireplace. The Darwin & Wallace group, set up in 2012 by Mel Marriott, previously brand manager of All Bar One, has recast the pub as a new neighbourhood bar - just look at No 197 Chiswick Fire Station , No 1 Duke Street and No 32 The Old Town, where they have their own bee farm - if you need convincing.
 
 
 
 

Eccleston Yards

Opened spring 2018

Eccleston Yards Opened spring 2018 Previously a coach manufactory and once home to the Westminster Electrical Supply Corporation, Eccleston Yards has become a destination for food, fashion, retail, co-working and wellbeing. Designed by architects BuckleyGrayYeoman, the pedestrianised courtyard on the Victoria and Belgravia border is home to 19 retail outlets including Scandinavian beauty salon SMUK London, The Jones Family Kitchen, the fourth London studio from Barry's Bootcamp, menswear by Tailor Made London and Eccleston Place by Tart London - a restaurant incorporating retail, a fashion photography studio and events space. It's also home to Re:Mind - a drop-in meditation studio and eco-lifestyle store - and 50m, a fashion store by Something & Son which gives new designers an affordable retail space to showcase their work. Central Working, a shared workspace provider, accommodates more than 500 entrepreneurs in 26,000 square feet of space, creating a community of like-minded businesses. 2018/05/29 Where:
Eccleston Yards, London, SW1W 9NF
Category:

Eccleston Yards, , London, SW1W 9NF

Tube: Victoria Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairs
Previously a coach manufactory and once home to the Westminster Electrical Supply Corporation, Eccleston Yards has become a destination for food, fashion, retail, co-working and wellbeing. Designed by architects BuckleyGrayYeoman, the pedestrianised courtyard on the Victoria and Belgravia border is home to 19 retail outlets including Scandinavian beauty salon SMUK London, The Jones Family Kitchen, the fourth London studio from Barry's Bootcamp, menswear by Tailor Made London and Eccleston Place by Tart London - a restaurant incorporating retail, a fashion photography studio and events space. It's also home to Re:Mind - a drop-in meditation studio and eco-lifestyle store - and 50m, a fashion store by Something & Son which gives new designers an affordable retail space to showcase their work. Central Working, a shared workspace provider, accommodates more than 500 entrepreneurs in 26,000 square feet of space, creating a community of like-minded businesses.
 
 
 

Kricket Brixton

Opened 29th May 2018

Kricket Brixton Opened 29th May 2018 Chef Will Bowlby and Rik Campbell's Kricket returns to its birthplace, Brixton, where it first began serving out of a 20-seater shipping container at Pop Brixton back in 2015. In spring of 2018, the much-loved Soho restaurant by Rik Campbell and Chef Will Bowlby, gets a permanent site under the railway arches on Atlantic Road as well as a new site in Television Centre. At the 40-cover south London restaurant, which includes an intimate bar arch, the cooking leans heavily towards Indian street-food made using seasonal British produce. The Brixton menu offers a roster of all new creations including lotus root yakni, morels and lotus root crisps, and pig head vindaloo with artichoke tarka. These sit alongside Kricket classics including samphire pakoras and Keralan fried chicken. 2018/05/29 Where:
Kricket Brixton, 41-43 Atlantic Road Brixton London, SW9 8JL
Category: Indian/South Asian Cuisine

Kricket Brixton, 41-43 Atlantic Road Brixton, London, SW9 8JL

Tube: Brixton Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairs
Chef Will Bowlby and Rik Campbell's Kricket returns to its birthplace, Brixton, where it first began serving out of a 20-seater shipping container at Pop Brixton back in 2015. In spring of 2018, the much-loved Soho restaurant by Rik Campbell and Chef Will Bowlby, gets a permanent site under the railway arches on Atlantic Road as well as a new site in Television Centre. At the 40-cover south London restaurant, which includes an intimate bar arch, the cooking leans heavily towards Indian street-food made using seasonal British produce. The Brixton menu offers a roster of all new creations including lotus root yakni, morels and lotus root crisps, and pig head vindaloo with artichoke tarka. These sit alongside Kricket classics including samphire pakoras and Keralan fried chicken.
 
 
 

The Jones Family Kitchen

Opened May 2018

The Jones Family Kitchen Opened May 2018 Born in Shoreditch, The Jones Family Project has spread its wings and branched out in Belgravia with sister venue, The Jones Family Kitchen , in Eccleston Yards, an unused courtyard with an industrial history that has been transformed into an urban oasis for shopping, eating, co-working and wellbeing . Within the 90-coverall day dining restaurant, executive chef Oliver Pollard (ex-Marcus Wareing, Jason Atherton, Barrafina and SMOKESTAK), created a menu that has a new twist on the Jones' ingredient-led philosophy - they're known for their premium North Yorkshire meats from The Ginger Pig cooked on Josper grills. Signature steak dishes are supplemented by fabulous truffled macaroni cheese, seared scallops with cauliflower and wild garlic gremolata. T he impressive wine list has over 25 wines by the glass, sourced from Lebanon and the slopes of Mount Etna. When the sun shines diners spill out into the courtyard onto the 60-cover terrace, the perfect place to cool off with a cocktail. 2018/05/29 Where:
The Jones Family Kitchen, 7-8 Eccleston Yards London, SW1W 9NF
Category: British Cuisine

The Jones Family Kitchen, 7-8 Eccleston Yards, London, SW1W 9NF

Tube: Victoria Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairs
Born in Shoreditch, The Jones Family Project has spread its wings and branched out in Belgravia with sister venue, The Jones Family Kitchen , in Eccleston Yards, an unused courtyard with an industrial history that has been transformed into an urban oasis for shopping, eating, co-working and wellbeing . Within the 90-coverall day dining restaurant, executive chef Oliver Pollard (ex-Marcus Wareing, Jason Atherton, Barrafina and SMOKESTAK), created a menu that has a new twist on the Jones' ingredient-led philosophy - they're known for their premium North Yorkshire meats from The Ginger Pig cooked on Josper grills. Signature steak dishes are supplemented by fabulous truffled macaroni cheese, seared scallops with cauliflower and wild garlic gremolata. T he impressive wine list has over 25 wines by the glass, sourced from Lebanon and the slopes of Mount Etna. When the sun shines diners spill out into the courtyard onto the 60-cover terrace, the perfect place to cool off with a cocktail.
 
 
 

Ceru Soho

Opened 27th May 2018

Ceru Soho Opened 27th May 2018 With an almost wholly gluten and dairy-free menu, from Lebanese street snacks to dishes from southern Turkey, Ceru Soho is especially good for vegans. The open-plan theatre kitchen serves delicious yet affordable sharing dishes in a warm dining room with yellow walls, geometric print banquettes, brightly coloured Moroccan ceramics and a three-metre palm tree. If you've been to Ceru South Kensington you'll already know and love these small plates which include a rich, earthy Pancar dip, made with roasted beetroot, yoghurt, garlic and crushed pistachio and a crisp apple, mint and pomegranate salad as well as slow roasted lamb shoulder, marinated in a secret 12-spice blend, served with pomegranate, fresh mint and pistachio sauce. M ake the most of the Levant's rich history of winemaking, sourced from the Lebanon to Macedonia, offered alongside cocktails and beers including a vegan and gluten-free, three-grain Pale Ale, exclusively brewed for Ceru. 2018/05/27 Where:
Ceru Soho, 11 D'Arblay Street London, W1F 8DS
Category: Middle Eastern Cuisine

Ceru Soho, 11 D'Arblay Street, London, W1F 8DS

Tube: Oxford Circus Station, Tottenham Court Road Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karides
With an almost wholly gluten and dairy-free menu, from Lebanese street snacks to dishes from southern Turkey, Ceru Soho is especially good for vegans. The open-plan theatre kitchen serves delicious yet affordable sharing dishes in a warm dining room with yellow walls, geometric print banquettes, brightly coloured Moroccan ceramics and a three-metre palm tree. If you've been to Ceru South Kensington you'll already know and love these small plates which include a rich, earthy Pancar dip, made with roasted beetroot, yoghurt, garlic and crushed pistachio and a crisp apple, mint and pomegranate salad as well as slow roasted lamb shoulder, marinated in a secret 12-spice blend, served with pomegranate, fresh mint and pistachio sauce. M ake the most of the Levant's rich history of winemaking, sourced from the Lebanon to Macedonia, offered alongside cocktails and beers including a vegan and gluten-free, three-grain Pale Ale, exclusively brewed for Ceru.
 
 
 

Tailor Made

Opened 26th May 2018

Tailor Made Opened 26th May 2018 Bespoke London menswear brand Tailor Made , a brand born in Shoreditch, comes to Eccleston Yards, a hub for creative businesses, shops and co-working on the boarder of Victoria and Belgravia. Taking a high tech approach, Tailor Made uses cutting edge 3D body scanning technology to make well cut suits. They take thousands of measurements - precise to the nanometre - in just 10 seconds. The speeded up measuring process means they can design and create bespoke garments with a quicker lead time that traditional tailors and create a suit from scratch in four to six weeks. This Belgravia store (its first retail store, alongside the Shoreditch studio and HQ) features a cloth library of over 3,000 luxury fabrics from English and Italian weavers on Savile Row, hand picked vintage furniture and an on-site whisky bar. 2018/05/26 Where:
Tailor Made, Eccleston Yards London, SW1W 9NF
Category: Menswear

Tailor Made, Eccleston Yards, London, SW1W 9NF

Tube: Victoria Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karides
Bespoke London menswear brand Tailor Made , a brand born in Shoreditch, comes to Eccleston Yards, a hub for creative businesses, shops and co-working on the boarder of Victoria and Belgravia. Taking a high tech approach, Tailor Made uses cutting edge 3D body scanning technology to make well cut suits. They take thousands of measurements - precise to the nanometre - in just 10 seconds. The speeded up measuring process means they can design and create bespoke garments with a quicker lead time that traditional tailors and create a suit from scratch in four to six weeks. This Belgravia store (its first retail store, alongside the Shoreditch studio and HQ) features a cloth library of over 3,000 luxury fabrics from English and Italian weavers on Savile Row, hand picked vintage furniture and an on-site whisky bar.
 
 
 
 

Simmons Angel

Opened 25th May 2018

Simmons Angel Opened 25th May 2018 Specialising in l ate night cocktails, long happy hours and disco dancing, Simmons bars have been popping up all over town and this bar in Angel is (lucky for some) their thirteenth. Drawing punters in with their legendary happy hour which actually lasts for five hours, from 4pm to 9pm, all Simmons bars have quirky styling with floral wallpaper, neon lights and cocktails in teacups. DJs play late into the night on Thursdays, Fridays and Saturdays and they offer Bottomless Afternoon Tea on Saturdays. The pub quiz is a popular fixtures and you can even e njoy and a game or two on the Sega Mega Drive. Full venue hire and table bookings are available for a celebration, hen party, birthday or just a jolly good knees up. Book in and enjoy two hours of bottomless cocktail teapots and Prosecco along with a selection of sweets, cakes and sandwiches. 2018/05/25 Where:
Simmons Angel, 43 Essex Road London, N1 2SF
Category: Bars

Simmons Angel, 43 Essex Road, London, N1 2SF

Tube: Angel Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karides
Specialising in l ate night cocktails, long happy hours and disco dancing, Simmons bars have been popping up all over town and this bar in Angel is (lucky for some) their thirteenth. Drawing punters in with their legendary happy hour which actually lasts for five hours, from 4pm to 9pm, all Simmons bars have quirky styling with floral wallpaper, neon lights and cocktails in teacups. DJs play late into the night on Thursdays, Fridays and Saturdays and they offer Bottomless Afternoon Tea on Saturdays. The pub quiz is a popular fixtures and you can even e njoy and a game or two on the Sega Mega Drive. Full venue hire and table bookings are available for a celebration, hen party, birthday or just a jolly good knees up. Book in and enjoy two hours of bottomless cocktail teapots and Prosecco along with a selection of sweets, cakes and sandwiches.
 
 
 

Neptune

Opened 24th May 2018

Neptune Opened 24th May 2018 Brett Redman and Margaret Crow, the duo behind The Richmond in Hackney, have moved in with the Principal London to give us this seafood focused restaurant and oyster bar. In a contemporary space within the historic Grade II* listed hotel in Bloomsbury, Neptune is a 102-cover restaurant with a 30-seater bar. Based on an informal approach to the classic oyster bar, the display of oysters and shellfish selected from independent growers around the UK is at the centre of Neptune's dining room. Order towering seafood platters or choose from Brett's signature wood-fired cooking from the a la carte menu. Steamed-to-order whole Cornish crab with spaghetti, caviar, cucumber and absinthe daquiri cocktails as well as natural and low-intervention wines are served against a modern dining room with a graphic wooden floor, peach ceiling and artworks curated as a rolling exhibition. 2018/05/24 Where:
Neptune, Guilford Street London, WC1B 5BE
Category: Fish and Seafood

Neptune, Guilford Street, London, WC1B 5BE

Tube: Russell Square Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian Boettcher
Brett Redman and Margaret Crow, the duo behind The Richmond in Hackney, have moved in with the Principal London to give us this seafood focused restaurant and oyster bar. In a contemporary space within the historic Grade II* listed hotel in Bloomsbury, Neptune is a 102-cover restaurant with a 30-seater bar. Based on an informal approach to the classic oyster bar, the display of oysters and shellfish selected from independent growers around the UK is at the centre of Neptune's dining room. Order towering seafood platters or choose from Brett's signature wood-fired cooking from the a la carte menu. Steamed-to-order whole Cornish crab with spaghetti, caviar, cucumber and absinthe daquiri cocktails as well as natural and low-intervention wines are served against a modern dining room with a graphic wooden floor, peach ceiling and artworks curated as a rolling exhibition.
 
 
 

The Duke of Richmond

Opened 24th May 2018

The Duke of Richmond Opened 24th May 2018 Chef/restaurateur Tom Oldroyd, owner of Oldroyd on Islington's Upper Street, sets up The Duke of Richmond public house and dining room in Hackney, in summer 2018. Originally opened in 1841 the pub - on corner of Queensbridge Road and Richmond Road and a 10 minute walk from Dalston Junction - is restored to its former glory as a neighbourhood public house and 30-cover dining room with an outside terrace - a semi-open kitchen and an open fire for cooking make this the ideal East London summer drinking spot. Serving different menus, both the pub and dining room menus have a strong French accent. Unlike Oldroyd, the dining room menu is not designed to be shared. Dishes come in starter and main course sizes, rather than small plates, so you might opt for lamb sweetbread and asparagus vol au vent followed by roast turbot and bearnaise. In the pub, favourites like Toulouse sausages with mash and roast shallots are served with a French slant. All-day pub roasts are set to compete with the best Sunday roasts in London. 2018/05/24 Where:
The Duke of Richmond, 316 Queensbridge Road London, E8 3NH
Category:

The Duke of Richmond, 316 Queensbridge Road, London, E8 3NH

Tube: Bethnal Green Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom Oldroyd
Chef/restaurateur Tom Oldroyd, owner of Oldroyd on Islington's Upper Street, sets up The Duke of Richmond public house and dining room in Hackney, in summer 2018. Originally opened in 1841 the pub - on corner of Queensbridge Road and Richmond Road and a 10 minute walk from Dalston Junction - is restored to its former glory as a neighbourhood public house and 30-cover dining room with an outside terrace - a semi-open kitchen and an open fire for cooking make this the ideal East London summer drinking spot. Serving different menus, both the pub and dining room menus have a strong French accent. Unlike Oldroyd, the dining room menu is not designed to be shared. Dishes come in starter and main course sizes, rather than small plates, so you might opt for lamb sweetbread and asparagus vol au vent followed by roast turbot and bearnaise. In the pub, favourites like Toulouse sausages with mash and roast shallots are served with a French slant. All-day pub roasts are set to compete with the best Sunday roasts in London.
 
 
 

Bucket Restaurant

Opened 21st May 2018

Bucket Restaurant Opened 21st May 2018 Buckets of mussels and sustainably sourced seafood is served simply and without ceremony at Bucket , the first solo venture for husband and wife team, Georgie Godik Hayward and Adam Hayward since their time at the Gaucho Group. Mussels come with a choice of four sauces: coconut chilli, lobster brandy, pancetta and tomato or classic white wine. Daily specials make the most of diverse and unfamiliar species of fish while staples like the lobster toastie, fish finger sandwich, crayfish burger, seafood spaghetti, salads and raw and cured seafood dishes are also on the menu. For dessert, choose from homemade whole pies, tarts and cakes. Looking like a weatherworn, rustic yet luxurious beach club, Bucket has room for 78, including seats at the bar and high tables looking onto the open kitchen. 2018/05/21 Where:
Bucket Restaurant, 107 Westbourne Grove London, W2 4UW
Category: Fish and Seafood

Bucket Restaurant, 107 Westbourne Grove, London, W2 4UW

Tube: Bayswater Underground Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom Oldroyd
Buckets of mussels and sustainably sourced seafood is served simply and without ceremony at Bucket , the first solo venture for husband and wife team, Georgie Godik Hayward and Adam Hayward since their time at the Gaucho Group. Mussels come with a choice of four sauces: coconut chilli, lobster brandy, pancetta and tomato or classic white wine. Daily specials make the most of diverse and unfamiliar species of fish while staples like the lobster toastie, fish finger sandwich, crayfish burger, seafood spaghetti, salads and raw and cured seafood dishes are also on the menu. For dessert, choose from homemade whole pies, tarts and cakes. Looking like a weatherworn, rustic yet luxurious beach club, Bucket has room for 78, including seats at the bar and high tables looking onto the open kitchen.
 
 
 

Mother Clucker Exmouth Market

Opened 18th May 2018

Mother Clucker Exmouth Market Opened 18th May 2018 After five years of frying chicken from trucks, gazebos and shipping containers all over London, Mother Clucker sets down roots at Exmouth Market with its first permanent fast food joint. This isn't your average high street chicken shop. As you'd expect from an outfit that's made a name for itself as one of the best street food traders in the city, they've gone to town with eye-catching decor, delicious drinks, banging music, melt-in-your-mouth chicken strips and fiery cajun fries, all washed down with craft beers courtesy of The Five Points Brewing Co. New Orleans inspired cocktails include humorously titled tipples Sex On The Rocks, Peeking Through The Grass Skirts and Kermit's Middle Leg. Fried chicken is, naturally, the focus with Mother Clucker Signature Strips, Cluckwich, black-eyed peas and enough hot sauce to melt steel on the menu. 2018/05/18 Where:
Mother Clucker Exmouth Market, 49-51 Rosebery Avenue, Exmouth Market London, EC1R 4QL
Category: South American Cuisine

Mother Clucker Exmouth Market, 49-51 Rosebery Avenue, Exmouth Market, London, EC1R 4QL

Tube: Farringdon Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom Oldroyd
After five years of frying chicken from trucks, gazebos and shipping containers all over London, Mother Clucker sets down roots at Exmouth Market with its first permanent fast food joint. This isn't your average high street chicken shop. As you'd expect from an outfit that's made a name for itself as one of the best street food traders in the city, they've gone to town with eye-catching decor, delicious drinks, banging music, melt-in-your-mouth chicken strips and fiery cajun fries, all washed down with craft beers courtesy of The Five Points Brewing Co. New Orleans inspired cocktails include humorously titled tipples Sex On The Rocks, Peeking Through The Grass Skirts and Kermit's Middle Leg. Fried chicken is, naturally, the focus with Mother Clucker Signature Strips, Cluckwich, black-eyed peas and enough hot sauce to melt steel on the menu.
 
 
 
 

White City House

Opened May 2018

White City House Opened May 2018 Swanky private member's club Soho House turns the old BBC headquarters in White City into a 47-bedroom hotel. At the very heart of Television Centre, in The Helios - the building's original Grade II listed central ring - are 45 bedrooms, supplemented by three floors of club space, an Electric Cinema, The Allis, a restaurant at ground floor level, 25,000 square foot gym and - a trademark for Soho House - a rooftop pool (these top their hotels in New York, Chicago and Berlin but for London examples see Shoreditch House and The Ned). The terrace and swimming pool on the roof of the new office building are in a prime spot overlooking the Television Centre forecourt. 2018/05/17 Where:
White City House, The Helios, Television Centre, 101 Wood Lane London, W12 7RJ
Category: New Hotels

White City House, The Helios, Television Centre, 101 Wood Lane, London, W12 7RJ

Tube: Wood Lane Station, White City Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom Oldroyd
Swanky private member's club Soho House turns the old BBC headquarters in White City into a 47-bedroom hotel. At the very heart of Television Centre, in The Helios - the building's original Grade II listed central ring - are 45 bedrooms, supplemented by three floors of club space, an Electric Cinema, The Allis, a restaurant at ground floor level, 25,000 square foot gym and - a trademark for Soho House - a rooftop pool (these top their hotels in New York, Chicago and Berlin but for London examples see Shoreditch House and The Ned). The terrace and swimming pool on the roof of the new office building are in a prime spot overlooking the Television Centre forecourt.
 
 
 

Andina Panaderia

Opened 15th May 2018

Andina Panaderia Opened 15th May 2018 Martin Morales, the chef, restaurateur and founder of Peruvian restaurants Ceviche, Andina and Casita Andina, is behind this Peruvian bakery and the restaurant next door. Located side by side at 155 Westbourne Grove, Andina Panaderia and Andina Picanteria pay homage to the female Andean chefs who have inspired Martin and his team since opening Ceviche in 2012. Led by head pastry chef, Ana Velasquez, Andina Panaderia specialises in slow-ferment baking with traditional sweet and savoury pastries and breads alongside hot dishes, lunchtime salads and all-day brunch-style dishes to eat in or take away. The magic begins in the early hours when Andina's bakers fill the shelves with Peruvian breads. Andean black mint and sweet potato sourdough, the traditional pan frances roll and chancay bread - a cinnamon-scented take on brioche - are among the choices. Sweet treats include the Pastel de Lucuma, an Andean spin on the Portuguese custard tart, and the purple corn chicha morada muffin. Enjoy with Peruvian coffee and teas or smoothies and juices. 2018/05/15 Where:
Andina Panaderia, 155 Westbourne Grove London, W11 2RS
Category: Delicatessens

Andina Panaderia, 155 Westbourne Grove, London, W11 2RS

Tube: Notting Hill Gate Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loaf
Martin Morales, the chef, restaurateur and founder of Peruvian restaurants Ceviche, Andina and Casita Andina, is behind this Peruvian bakery and the restaurant next door. Located side by side at 155 Westbourne Grove, Andina Panaderia and Andina Picanteria pay homage to the female Andean chefs who have inspired Martin and his team since opening Ceviche in 2012. Led by head pastry chef, Ana Velasquez, Andina Panaderia specialises in slow-ferment baking with traditional sweet and savoury pastries and breads alongside hot dishes, lunchtime salads and all-day brunch-style dishes to eat in or take away. The magic begins in the early hours when Andina's bakers fill the shelves with Peruvian breads. Andean black mint and sweet potato sourdough, the traditional pan frances roll and chancay bread - a cinnamon-scented take on brioche - are among the choices. Sweet treats include the Pastel de Lucuma, an Andean spin on the Portuguese custard tart, and the purple corn chicha morada muffin. Enjoy with Peruvian coffee and teas or smoothies and juices.
 
 
 

Andina Picanteria

Opened 15th May 2018

Andina Picanteria Opened 15th May 2018 Next door to his Andina Panaderia Martin Morales owns the 40 cover Andina Picanteria , a restaurant that's an ode to the Peruvian picanterias, the family-run, roadside restaurants in the Peruvian Andes. The menu, overseen by Chef Luca Depalo, is made up of small plates such as the Sivinche, an old take on ceviche, made with yellow fin tuna, trout roe and popped kiwicha, and a purple corn tamal with choclo corn succotash and sweet kale pesto. Bigger dishes include olluco potato locro, an Andean style stew with broad beans and roast pumpkin, listed alongside feasting dishes like the braised adobo pork leg and 80 day aged Hereford sirloin with red pepper and Amarillo chilli escabeche. Echoing the traditional picanteria, the open kitchen is lined with rough granite stone surfaces and there's a home style chef's table. Rustic oak chairs and tables contrast with velvet banquettes, walls are lined with bespoke, light oak lattices and Peruvian contemporary art fills the restaurant with vibrant splashes of colour. 2018/05/15 Where:
Andina Picanteria, 155 Westbourne Grove London, W11 2RS
Category: South American Cuisine

Andina Picanteria, 155 Westbourne Grove, London, W11 2RS

Tube: Notting Hill Gate Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loaf
Next door to his Andina Panaderia Martin Morales owns the 40 cover Andina Picanteria , a restaurant that's an ode to the Peruvian picanterias, the family-run, roadside restaurants in the Peruvian Andes. The menu, overseen by Chef Luca Depalo, is made up of small plates such as the Sivinche, an old take on ceviche, made with yellow fin tuna, trout roe and popped kiwicha, and a purple corn tamal with choclo corn succotash and sweet kale pesto. Bigger dishes include olluco potato locro, an Andean style stew with broad beans and roast pumpkin, listed alongside feasting dishes like the braised adobo pork leg and 80 day aged Hereford sirloin with red pepper and Amarillo chilli escabeche. Echoing the traditional picanteria, the open kitchen is lined with rough granite stone surfaces and there's a home style chef's table. Rustic oak chairs and tables contrast with velvet banquettes, walls are lined with bespoke, light oak lattices and Peruvian contemporary art fills the restaurant with vibrant splashes of colour.
 
 
 

Plates London

Opened spring 2018

Plates London Opened spring 2018 Spearheaded by siblings, Keeley and Kirk Haworth, Plates is where plant-based food meets Michelin-star techniques to created food that's a work of art on a plate. During the week, the dual-purpose space in Shoreditch is a food studio, working with brands. On Saturdays they throw the doors open to the public, showcasing a five-course set menu, designed to take guests on a culinary journey. Executive Chef Kirk has previously worked at some of the world's finest restaurants, including The French Laundry, Restaurant Sat Bains, The Square and Quay in Sydney. Living with Lyme disease, she says, she has had to, "completely re-think the way I cook and the ingredients I use". Combining his own plant-based diet and years training with Michelin chefs, you get a fine dining experience with the menu updated every three to four weeks where dishes are made using only organic or wild ingredients with all menus created without meat, fish, diary, gluten or refined sugars. 2018/05/15 Where:
Plates London, 93 Kingsland Road London, E2 8AG
Category:

Plates London, 93 Kingsland Road, London, E2 8AG

Tube: Old Street Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loaf
Spearheaded by siblings, Keeley and Kirk Haworth, Plates is where plant-based food meets Michelin-star techniques to created food that's a work of art on a plate. During the week, the dual-purpose space in Shoreditch is a food studio, working with brands. On Saturdays they throw the doors open to the public, showcasing a five-course set menu, designed to take guests on a culinary journey. Executive Chef Kirk has previously worked at some of the world's finest restaurants, including The French Laundry, Restaurant Sat Bains, The Square and Quay in Sydney. Living with Lyme disease, she says, she has had to, "completely re-think the way I cook and the ingredients I use". Combining his own plant-based diet and years training with Michelin chefs, you get a fine dining experience with the menu updated every three to four weeks where dishes are made using only organic or wild ingredients with all menus created without meat, fish, diary, gluten or refined sugars.
 
 
 

The Hero of Maida

Opened 15th May 2018

The Hero of Maida Opened 15th May 2018 The third pub from chef Henry Harris (who made his name at Racine) and James McCulloch (also behind The Harcourt and Three Cranes), The Hero of Maida turns the popular Truscott Arms into a pub with dining rooms serving seven-hour slow-roasted shoulder of lamb and roast rib of Angus beef. Described by The Guardian as "the best French chef with the decency to be British", Harris is reinstating the pub's much-loved Sunday roast with updated classics so you can be sure your lamb and beef will come with all the trimmings. The ground floor of the Victorian corner site becomes a bar serving well sourced ales, beers and bar food, while the upper levels are dedicated to more formal dining a la carte, complemented by classic old world wines. For more of this sort of thing it's good to know the group is also behind The Coach in Clerkenwell and Three Cranes in the City. 2018/05/15 Where:
The Hero of Maida, 55 Shirland Road London, W9 2JD
Category:

The Hero of Maida, 55 Shirland Road, London, W9 2JD

Tube: Warwick Avenue Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loaf
The third pub from chef Henry Harris (who made his name at Racine) and James McCulloch (also behind The Harcourt and Three Cranes), The Hero of Maida turns the popular Truscott Arms into a pub with dining rooms serving seven-hour slow-roasted shoulder of lamb and roast rib of Angus beef. Described by The Guardian as "the best French chef with the decency to be British", Harris is reinstating the pub's much-loved Sunday roast with updated classics so you can be sure your lamb and beef will come with all the trimmings. The ground floor of the Victorian corner site becomes a bar serving well sourced ales, beers and bar food, while the upper levels are dedicated to more formal dining a la carte, complemented by classic old world wines. For more of this sort of thing it's good to know the group is also behind The Coach in Clerkenwell and Three Cranes in the City.
 
 
 
 

Fayre Share

Opened 14th May 2018

Fayre Share Opened 14th May 2018 Classic British dishes like roasted beer chicken and Arctic roll with jelly are on the menu at Fayre Share, a homely restaurant near Victoria Park from two seasoned restaurateurs, chef-turned-restaurateur Barry Myers and previous manager at The Wolseley, Mark Bloom. They set up Fayre Share so people can come together to share a meal together. The menu also pays homage to the classic British pie, with Shepherd's Pie, leek and mushroom pie, and an interchanging pie of the day all featuring. Designed to have the feel of a home, features include a covered garden, fireplace and a kitchen island bar. Remote workers looking for a space to work can enjoy coffee, tea and cakes in the lounge area at the front. The covered garden at the back has heaters and a fireplace for winter and a retractable roof for al fresco dining in summer. 2018/05/14 Where:
Fayre Share, 178-180 Victoria Park Road London, E9 7HD
Category: British Cuisine

Fayre Share, 178-180 Victoria Park Road, London, E9 7HD

Tube: Hackney Wick Overground Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loaf
Classic British dishes like roasted beer chicken and Arctic roll with jelly are on the menu at Fayre Share, a homely restaurant near Victoria Park from two seasoned restaurateurs, chef-turned-restaurateur Barry Myers and previous manager at The Wolseley, Mark Bloom. They set up Fayre Share so people can come together to share a meal together. The menu also pays homage to the classic British pie, with Shepherd's Pie, leek and mushroom pie, and an interchanging pie of the day all featuring. Designed to have the feel of a home, features include a covered garden, fireplace and a kitchen island bar. Remote workers looking for a space to work can enjoy coffee, tea and cakes in the lounge area at the front. The covered garden at the back has heaters and a fireplace for winter and a retractable roof for al fresco dining in summer.
 
 
 

temper Covent Garden

Opened 14th May 2018

temper Covent Garden Opened 14th May 2018 Smoked meat aficionado Neil Rankin started out at Pitt Cue Co and Smokehouse but now he has his own mini chain of restaurants and he's written a book on the art of cooking meat. This third branch of temper in Covent Garden follows temper Soho (opened in 2016) and temper City (2017) and with it Neil has further cemented his reputation as one of the UK's leading barbecue chefs. The menu here focuses on cured meat pizza cooked in a wood-fired oven, ragu, vermouth and top-quality wines. Choose from t wo types of pizza: the rectangular 'Detroit pizza' with a focaccia-esque bottom and cheese crust; or the 'Bar pizza' which has an almost cracker-like thin base. Originally served at the counter, to be enjoyed with a drink or two, Neil has turned this idea on its head with top end toppings like the Wagyu Salami and the White Clam. Hearty ragus made using game, goat and pork are served with fresh bread or gnocchi in a dining room dominated by the central counter kitchen - a feature of all three temper restaurants - with a large wood-fired oven at one end and a bar at the other. 2018/05/14 Where:
temper Covent Garden, 5 Mercer Walk London, WC2H 9QP
Category:

temper Covent Garden, 5 Mercer Walk, London, WC2H 9QP

Tube: Covent Garden Station, Leicester Square Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia Niven
Smoked meat aficionado Neil Rankin started out at Pitt Cue Co and Smokehouse but now he has his own mini chain of restaurants and he's written a book on the art of cooking meat. This third branch of temper in Covent Garden follows temper Soho (opened in 2016) and temper City (2017) and with it Neil has further cemented his reputation as one of the UK's leading barbecue chefs. The menu here focuses on cured meat pizza cooked in a wood-fired oven, ragu, vermouth and top-quality wines. Choose from t wo types of pizza: the rectangular 'Detroit pizza' with a focaccia-esque bottom and cheese crust; or the 'Bar pizza' which has an almost cracker-like thin base. Originally served at the counter, to be enjoyed with a drink or two, Neil has turned this idea on its head with top end toppings like the Wagyu Salami and the White Clam. Hearty ragus made using game, goat and pork are served with fresh bread or gnocchi in a dining room dominated by the central counter kitchen - a feature of all three temper restaurants - with a large wood-fired oven at one end and a bar at the other.
 
 
 

Restaurant Story

Opened 8th May 2018

Restaurant Story Opened 8th May 2018 Launched in April 2013 when the Noma alumnus Tom Sellers was a youthful 25 years old, Restaurant Story was immediately dubbed "the new Dabbous" by food critic Marina O'Loughlin and earned a Michelin star just five months after opening. Reopened in May 2018 after a major interior refit, the redesign brought with it a new menu - not that you'll see it. Rather than being given a menu on arrival, guests get to choose from two menus and each table is treated individually, creating their own bespoke 'story'. Much of the service is done table-side, so your food is prepared in front of you and a drinks trolley does the rounds. With a first rate CV which includes working under Thomas Keller (Per Se), Rene Redzepi (Noma) and Tom Aikens at his Chelsea restaurant, it's not surprising that bookings can be hard to come by. 2018/05/08 Where:
Restaurant Story, 201 Tooley Street London, SE1 2UE
Category: British Cuisine

Restaurant Story, 201 Tooley Street, London, SE1 2UE

Tube: London Bridge Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellers
Launched in April 2013 when the Noma alumnus Tom Sellers was a youthful 25 years old, Restaurant Story was immediately dubbed "the new Dabbous" by food critic Marina O'Loughlin and earned a Michelin star just five months after opening. Reopened in May 2018 after a major interior refit, the redesign brought with it a new menu - not that you'll see it. Rather than being given a menu on arrival, guests get to choose from two menus and each table is treated individually, creating their own bespoke 'story'. Much of the service is done table-side, so your food is prepared in front of you and a drinks trolley does the rounds. With a first rate CV which includes working under Thomas Keller (Per Se), Rene Redzepi (Noma) and Tom Aikens at his Chelsea restaurant, it's not surprising that bookings can be hard to come by.
 
 
 

Temperate House at Kew

Opened 5th May 2018

Temperate House at Kew Opened 5th May 2018 A Grade I listed building at Kew , the spectacular Temperate House is the largest Victorian glasshouse in the world. One of seven glasshouses at Kew, it's twice the size of the Palm House and houses an internationally important collection of temperate zone plants, including some of the rarest and most threatened. Following a five-year, £41 million renovation project - the biggest in its entire history - Kew reopens the building in May 2018, having replaced thousands of panes of glass, intricate ironwork and brought in 10,000 plants. Showing the importance of plants, 1,500 species are housed here, from temperate regions around the world - the Mediterranean, Africa, Australia, New Zealand, South and Central America, Asia, and Island floras. So you might find yourself in Mauritius where the only Dombeya mauritiana tree in cultivation grows, or in Nepal where Taxus wallichiana, a chemotherapy drug grows. A beacon of plant education and a real jewel in Kew's crown, set in the most tranquil corner of the world famous gardens. 2018/05/05 Where:
Temperate House at Kew, Kew Gardens, Kew Road London, TW9 2AA
Category: Historic Buildings

Temperate House at Kew, Kew Gardens, Kew Road, London, TW9 2AA

Tube: Kew Gardens Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG Kew
A Grade I listed building at Kew , the spectacular Temperate House is the largest Victorian glasshouse in the world. One of seven glasshouses at Kew, it's twice the size of the Palm House and houses an internationally important collection of temperate zone plants, including some of the rarest and most threatened. Following a five-year, £41 million renovation project - the biggest in its entire history - Kew reopens the building in May 2018, having replaced thousands of panes of glass, intricate ironwork and brought in 10,000 plants. Showing the importance of plants, 1,500 species are housed here, from temperate regions around the world - the Mediterranean, Africa, Australia, New Zealand, South and Central America, Asia, and Island floras. So you might find yourself in Mauritius where the only Dombeya mauritiana tree in cultivation grows, or in Nepal where Taxus wallichiana, a chemotherapy drug grows. A beacon of plant education and a real jewel in Kew's crown, set in the most tranquil corner of the world famous gardens.
 
 
 

Esquires Coffee Putney Bridge

Opened 3rd May 2018

Esquires Coffee Putney Bridge Opened 3rd May 2018 Ethical community coffee brand Esquires Coffee offers locals in Putney Bridge a broad-ranging and seasonal menu with cold pressed juices made from 'wonky veg'. With a 'love local' ethos, Esquires Coffee takes pride in its community spirit and the food and beverage selection is handmade using locally sourced ingredients, supporting other local businesses and suppliers. The 'Coffee & Kitchen' concept at the Putney Bridge cafe is unique within the Esquires brand, due to the addition of a development chef and in-house kitchen. Stop by for brunch, lunch and dinner, get a healthy juice, tea or coffee. 2018/05/03 Where:
Esquires Coffee Putney Bridge, 287 Putney Bridge Road London, SW15 2PT
Category: Cafes and Delis

Esquires Coffee Putney Bridge, 287 Putney Bridge Road, London, SW15 2PT

Tube: East Putney Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG Kew
Ethical community coffee brand Esquires Coffee offers locals in Putney Bridge a broad-ranging and seasonal menu with cold pressed juices made from 'wonky veg'. With a 'love local' ethos, Esquires Coffee takes pride in its community spirit and the food and beverage selection is handmade using locally sourced ingredients, supporting other local businesses and suppliers. The 'Coffee & Kitchen' concept at the Putney Bridge cafe is unique within the Esquires brand, due to the addition of a development chef and in-house kitchen. Stop by for brunch, lunch and dinner, get a healthy juice, tea or coffee.
 
 
 
 

Roof East

Opened 3rd May 2018

Roof East Opened 3rd May 2018 On top of a multi-storey car park in Stratford Roof East is celebrating 250 years of the circus this summer. Back with summery grub - think seaside classics like fish and chips, surf and turf and halloumi fries - Hip Hop Bowls, Sluggers batting cages and a new look Birdies crazy golf, the rooftop adult playground is done up with bell tents and jugglers this season and includes a circus themed Big Top Spritz cocktail. Screenings by the Rooftop Film Club include a special circus style screening of Moulin Rouge, to be enjoyed from the comfort of a stripey deckchair. A great spot for a sundowner, the views over east London are pretty good from up here - you can see all the way to the Olympic Park with the red, looping curls of the Orbit rising above it. 2018/05/03 Where:
Roof East, Level 8 Stratford Multi-storey Car Park, Great Eastern Way London, E15 1XE
Category: Bars

Roof East, Level 8 Stratford Multi-storey Car Park, Great Eastern Way, London, E15 1XE

Tube: Stratford Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG Kew
On top of a multi-storey car park in Stratford Roof East is celebrating 250 years of the circus this summer. Back with summery grub - think seaside classics like fish and chips, surf and turf and halloumi fries - Hip Hop Bowls, Sluggers batting cages and a new look Birdies crazy golf, the rooftop adult playground is done up with bell tents and jugglers this season and includes a circus themed Big Top Spritz cocktail. Screenings by the Rooftop Film Club include a special circus style screening of Moulin Rouge, to be enjoyed from the comfort of a stripey deckchair. A great spot for a sundowner, the views over east London are pretty good from up here - you can see all the way to the Olympic Park with the red, looping curls of the Orbit rising above it.
 
 
 

Skylight Rooftop

Opened 3rd May 2018

Skylight Rooftop Opened 3rd May 2018 From 3rd May 2018, Skylight returns with croquet lawn games, World Cup screenings and Wimbledon on the big screen on top of Tobacco Dock. The summer season brings live entertainment, croquet, one-off parties, resident DJ collectives, rooftop yoga and some scenic sunsets. Set on the top three levels of a former car park in Wapping, the 600 capacity Skylight has multiple bars, indoor and outdoor seating areas, and two street food stalls, all set against some of the finest views in the city - you can see The Shard, The Gherkin and the Walkie Talkie from here. Grab a seat on the upper level for prime views and extended sun rays before enjoying a spectacular show of yellows, oranges and pinks when the sun sets in the shadow of London's most famous buildings. Food wise, visitors can choose between burgers and souvlaki with Flip Side and Yiro taking over the kitchens and a new refreshing seasonal cocktail menu has been added alongside spritzes, pitchers, bubbly and wine. Book in for a game of croquet on the upper deck or, if the British weather isn't on your side, there's two playing areas inside. If fancy footwork is more your style, try your hand at the digital penalty shootout. 2018/05/03 Where:
Skylight Rooftop, Tobacco Dock, Wapping Lane London, E1W 2SF
Category: Attractions for Kids

Skylight Rooftop, Tobacco Dock, Wapping Lane, London, E1W 2SF

Tube: Rotherhithe Overground Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG Kew
From 3rd May 2018, Skylight returns with croquet lawn games, World Cup screenings and Wimbledon on the big screen on top of Tobacco Dock. The summer season brings live entertainment, croquet, one-off parties, resident DJ collectives, rooftop yoga and some scenic sunsets. Set on the top three levels of a former car park in Wapping, the 600 capacity Skylight has multiple bars, indoor and outdoor seating areas, and two street food stalls, all set against some of the finest views in the city - you can see The Shard, The Gherkin and the Walkie Talkie from here. Grab a seat on the upper level for prime views and extended sun rays before enjoying a spectacular show of yellows, oranges and pinks when the sun sets in the shadow of London's most famous buildings. Food wise, visitors can choose between burgers and souvlaki with Flip Side and Yiro taking over the kitchens and a new refreshing seasonal cocktail menu has been added alongside spritzes, pitchers, bubbly and wine. Book in for a game of croquet on the upper deck or, if the British weather isn't on your side, there's two playing areas inside. If fancy footwork is more your style, try your hand at the digital penalty shootout.
 
 
 

Alpes

Opened 1st May 2018

Alpes Opened 1st May 2018 Above the main entrance of Pop Brixton , Alpes is the first permanent site from street food favourites Raclette Brothers. Steve and Jamie have created a brand-new concept, serving raclette on a traditional machine with the front of house team scraping melted cheese at the table in front of you. The menu includes fondues made to share with a choice of traditional, blue cheese and British variations, as well as side dishes with unlimited refills of roast potatoes, fries, salad, pickles and baguette. The shipping container restaurant has a long bar with stool seating down the middle and an outside terrace dotted with specially-designed fondue tables. In keeping with the alpine theme, furniture is made from wood with a natural finish, using trees from nearby Brockwell Park. 2018/05/01 Where:
Alpes, Pop Brixton, 49 Brixton Station Road London, SW9 8PQ
Category:

Alpes, Pop Brixton, 49 Brixton Station Road, London, SW9 8PQ

Tube: Brixton Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG Kew
Above the main entrance of Pop Brixton , Alpes is the first permanent site from street food favourites Raclette Brothers. Steve and Jamie have created a brand-new concept, serving raclette on a traditional machine with the front of house team scraping melted cheese at the table in front of you. The menu includes fondues made to share with a choice of traditional, blue cheese and British variations, as well as side dishes with unlimited refills of roast potatoes, fries, salad, pickles and baguette. The shipping container restaurant has a long bar with stool seating down the middle and an outside terrace dotted with specially-designed fondue tables. In keeping with the alpine theme, furniture is made from wood with a natural finish, using trees from nearby Brockwell Park.
 
 
 

Market Hall Fulham

Opened May 2018

Market Hall Fulham Opened May 2018 Taking the old Edwardian underground station at Fulham Broadway and turning it into a 200-seat food hall, Market Hall Fulham is a genius idea. Carefully choosing the food traders who go in there is the secret to its success. Yes, it's a lovely space - a glass ceiling lets natural daylight flood in and many original features remain - but it's the quality of the food that will keep you coming back. With ten traders at the launch edition, you can choose from healthy Hawaiian salads from Ahi Poke or dirty burgers from Butchies (who are also on the roof of John Lewis this summer). You're spoilt for choice with the first west London Yard Sale Pizza, Indian street food at Calcutta Canteen, Thai bites at Thima by Farang, Fanny's kebabs, Hot Box, Soft Serve Society ice cream, Press Coffee and Claude's Deli. Cocktails are served from the old 1880 ticket counter and beers are by interesting brewers like Cloudwater, Wild Beer Co and Siren Craft Brew. Fulham is the first of three Market Halls sites opening in 2018, an initiative by former property investor Andy Lewis-Pratt and Simon Anderson, the man behind Pitt Cue Co. Following Fulham, Market Halls open in Victoria where Pacha used to be in summer 2018 and - the giant flagship - Market Halls West End launches in autumn 2018 in the former BHS building, coinciding with the planned pedestrianisation of Oxford Circus. 2018/05/01 Where:
Market Hall Fulham, Old Underground Station, Fulham Broadway London, SW6 1BY
Category:

Market Hall Fulham, Old Underground Station, Fulham Broadway, London, SW6 1BY

Tube: Fulham Broadway Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press Coffee
Taking the old Edwardian underground station at Fulham Broadway and turning it into a 200-seat food hall, Market Hall Fulham is a genius idea. Carefully choosing the food traders who go in there is the secret to its success. Yes, it's a lovely space - a glass ceiling lets natural daylight flood in and many original features remain - but it's the quality of the food that will keep you coming back. With ten traders at the launch edition, you can choose from healthy Hawaiian salads from Ahi Poke or dirty burgers from Butchies (who are also on the roof of John Lewis this summer). You're spoilt for choice with the first west London Yard Sale Pizza, Indian street food at Calcutta Canteen, Thai bites at Thima by Farang, Fanny's kebabs, Hot Box, Soft Serve Society ice cream, Press Coffee and Claude's Deli. Cocktails are served from the old 1880 ticket counter and beers are by interesting brewers like Cloudwater, Wild Beer Co and Siren Craft Brew. Fulham is the first of three Market Halls sites opening in 2018, an initiative by former property investor Andy Lewis-Pratt and Simon Anderson, the man behind Pitt Cue Co. Following Fulham, Market Halls open in Victoria where Pacha used to be in summer 2018 and - the giant flagship - Market Halls West End launches in autumn 2018 in the former BHS building, coinciding with the planned pedestrianisation of Oxford Circus.
 
 
 

All Star Lanes Shepherd's Bush

Opened April 2018

All Star Lanes Shepherd's Bush Opened April 2018 Forget about ugly shoes. Bowling gets a dose of serious glamour at All Star Lane. Beautifully done with Art Deco styling, this bowling alley in the extension to Westfield, in Shepherd's Bush, includes a deluxe private room, karaoke booths and 10 state-of-the-art walnut-finished bowling lanes. Art Deco interiors - note the brass detailing on the marble bar - are supplemented by green leafy plants, picked up on by foliage wallpaper, as well as an outdoor heated terrace. When you're not aiming for a strike, feast on American food including homemade beef burgers, Philly cheese steak, soft shell crab burgers, king scallops and blackened salmon as well as tasty vegan options. Stepping into All Star Lanes you'll forget you're in Shepherd's Bush - it's more like Claridge's-meets-Miami, with bowling thrown in. 2018/04/30 Where:
All Star Lanes Shepherd's Bush, Ariel Way, Westfield London London, W12 7GF
Category:

All Star Lanes Shepherd's Bush, Ariel Way, Westfield , London, W12 7GF

Tube: Wood Lane Station, Shepherd's Bush Market Station (Hammersmith and City Line), Shepherd's Bush Station (Central)

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press Coffee
Forget about ugly shoes. Bowling gets a dose of serious glamour at All Star Lane. Beautifully done with Art Deco styling, this bowling alley in the extension to Westfield, in Shepherd's Bush, includes a deluxe private room, karaoke booths and 10 state-of-the-art walnut-finished bowling lanes. Art Deco interiors - note the brass detailing on the marble bar - are supplemented by green leafy plants, picked up on by foliage wallpaper, as well as an outdoor heated terrace. When you're not aiming for a strike, feast on American food including homemade beef burgers, Philly cheese steak, soft shell crab burgers, king scallops and blackened salmon as well as tasty vegan options. Stepping into All Star Lanes you'll forget you're in Shepherd's Bush - it's more like Claridge's-meets-Miami, with bowling thrown in.
 
 
 
 

Lina Stores - 51 Greek Street

Opened spring 2018

Lina Stores - 51 Greek Street Opened spring 2018 Chef Masha Rener, a longtime customer at Lina Stores , is heading up the kitchen at Lina Stores - 51 Greek Street, the first restaurant from the Soho institution. Born and raised in a remote valley on the border between Tuscany and Umbria, Masha began her culinary education growing up on her parents' organic farm, restaurant and hotel, La Chiusa. Her Italian heritage is brought to the fifty-one-seat restaurant on Greek Street, influenced by the restaurants and cafes of mid-century Italy. S et over two floors, the green, white and polished aluminium interiors are instantly recognisable from the original Lina Stores. P asta served in the restaurant is hand-made daily at the Brewer Street deli (as it has been since 1944). As well as pasta dishes like tortellini in brodo, spaghetti chitarra with baby clams and gnocchi stuffed with fresh ricotta and white truffle you'll find prosciutti, cheeses and antipasti that Lina Stores has become famous for alongside a small selection of Italian wines, Italian cocktails and desserts. 2018/04/30 Where:
Lina Stores - 51 Greek Street, 51 Greek Street London, W1D 4EH
Category: Italian Cuisine

Lina Stores - 51 Greek Street, 51 Greek Street, London, W1D 4EH

Tube: Tottenham Court Road Station, Leicester Square Station, Covent Garden Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha Rener
Chef Masha Rener, a longtime customer at Lina Stores , is heading up the kitchen at Lina Stores - 51 Greek Street, the first restaurant from the Soho institution. Born and raised in a remote valley on the border between Tuscany and Umbria, Masha began her culinary education growing up on her parents' organic farm, restaurant and hotel, La Chiusa. Her Italian heritage is brought to the fifty-one-seat restaurant on Greek Street, influenced by the restaurants and cafes of mid-century Italy. S et over two floors, the green, white and polished aluminium interiors are instantly recognisable from the original Lina Stores. P asta served in the restaurant is hand-made daily at the Brewer Street deli (as it has been since 1944). As well as pasta dishes like tortellini in brodo, spaghetti chitarra with baby clams and gnocchi stuffed with fresh ricotta and white truffle you'll find prosciutti, cheeses and antipasti that Lina Stores has become famous for alongside a small selection of Italian wines, Italian cocktails and desserts.
 
 
 

Pergola Paddington

Opened 26th April 2018

Pergola Paddington Opened 26th April 2018 Following its first summer, when Pergola Paddington proved to be a big hit, the fashionable food court is back. This secret hideaway in the heart of West London comes with a covered dining area for 850, four food outlets and seven comfy day beds on the top deck terrace - perfect for soaking up the sun. Bringing green foliage to Paddington's urban surrounds, the two-floor space serves food by burger legends Patty & Bun and Mexican fast food specialists DF Mexico, as well as new additions including shredded duck restaurant Canard and Vietnamese barbecue masters MAM. You can book in for free for as many as 199 people or simply walk in on your tod, no booking required. 2018/04/26 Where:
Pergola Paddington, 5 Kingdom Street, Paddington Central London, W2 6PY
Category: British Cuisine

Pergola Paddington, 5 Kingdom Street, Paddington Central, London, W2 6PY

Tube: Paddington Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha Rener
Following its first summer, when Pergola Paddington proved to be a big hit, the fashionable food court is back. This secret hideaway in the heart of West London comes with a covered dining area for 850, four food outlets and seven comfy day beds on the top deck terrace - perfect for soaking up the sun. Bringing green foliage to Paddington's urban surrounds, the two-floor space serves food by burger legends Patty & Bun and Mexican fast food specialists DF Mexico, as well as new additions including shredded duck restaurant Canard and Vietnamese barbecue masters MAM. You can book in for free for as many as 199 people or simply walk in on your tod, no booking required.
 
 
 

Cornerstone

Opened 24th April 2018

Cornerstone Opened 24th April 2018 Tom Brown (previously head chef at Nathan Outlaw's eponymous restaurant at The Capital Hotel in Knightsbridge) opened his first restaurant, Cornerstone in a new building that's part of the Hackney Wick and Fish Island expansion plan . Raw mackerel with lime pickle, m arinated squid accompanied by black pudding, and roast cod served with hollandaise are just a small sample of the eight or so dishes, designed for sharing. For dessert choose from pear crumble with Earl Grey ice cream or coffee ice-cream sandwich with banana, pecan and rum sauce. As well as a 22 bin wine list, with a focus on natural, organic and biodynamic wines, Cornerstone has partnered up with Cornish distillery, The Wrecking Coast, to create a bespoke gin to go with seafood. The kitchen of the 46-cover restaurant, a central feature, doubles up as a counter-bar, seating 11 guests. Head to the lounge area at the front of the restaurant for a pre or post dinner drink - s ip on a glass of gin, apple, samphire and herbal tonic and enjoy the restaurant's signature cocktail. 2018/04/24 Where:
Cornerstone, 3 Prince Edward Road, Hackney Wick London, E9 5LX
Category: British Cuisine

Cornerstone, 3 Prince Edward Road, Hackney Wick, London, E9 5LX

Tube: Hackney Wick Overground Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom Brown
Tom Brown (previously head chef at Nathan Outlaw's eponymous restaurant at The Capital Hotel in Knightsbridge) opened his first restaurant, Cornerstone in a new building that's part of the Hackney Wick and Fish Island expansion plan . Raw mackerel with lime pickle, m arinated squid accompanied by black pudding, and roast cod served with hollandaise are just a small sample of the eight or so dishes, designed for sharing. For dessert choose from pear crumble with Earl Grey ice cream or coffee ice-cream sandwich with banana, pecan and rum sauce. As well as a 22 bin wine list, with a focus on natural, organic and biodynamic wines, Cornerstone has partnered up with Cornish distillery, The Wrecking Coast, to create a bespoke gin to go with seafood. The kitchen of the 46-cover restaurant, a central feature, doubles up as a counter-bar, seating 11 guests. Head to the lounge area at the front of the restaurant for a pre or post dinner drink - s ip on a glass of gin, apple, samphire and herbal tonic and enjoy the restaurant's signature cocktail.
 
 
 

Petersham Nurseries Covent Garden

Opened 24th April 2018

Petersham Nurseries Covent Garden Opened 24th April 2018 The magic of Petersham Nurseries came to Covent Garden in summer 2017, with the Boglione family taking over four units of the new Floral Court development. Bringing the spirit of the Richmond oasis to central London, the Michaelis Boyd designed space occupies 16,000 square foot and includes two restaurants, a lifestyle shop, garden shop, delicatessen with a wine cellar and a florist. Summer 2017 sees the opening of The Shop, The Potting Bench, The Delicatessen, The Florist and Wine Cellar while the two restaurants, The Petersham and La Goccia, the La Goccia bar and Courtyard will follow in April 2018. The new space blends Italian and British culture and maintains the family's passion for simplicity, flora, fauna and responsibly sourced produce, creating a refined, calm setting within a central urban environment. Located in a Grade II listed building beneath three Victorian atriums, The Shop offers a handpicked collection of homeware, furniture and gifts as well as specialist indoor plants, floral displays and artisanal gardening tools; The Delicatessen brings the spirit of a traditional Italian grocery store to central London with a selection of small artisanal suppliers; and The Florist offers a dramatic selection of wild, colourful and romantic displays that capture the true essence of Petersham Nurseries. Details of the restaurants and bar will be available later in the year. 2018/04/24 Where:
Petersham Nurseries Covent Garden, Floral Court London, WC2E 9FB
Category: Modern European Cuisine

Petersham Nurseries Covent Garden, Floral Court, London, WC2E 9FB

Tube: Covent Garden Station, Leicester Square Station, Charing Cross Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent Garden
The magic of Petersham Nurseries came to Covent Garden in summer 2017, with the Boglione family taking over four units of the new Floral Court development. Bringing the spirit of the Richmond oasis to central London, the Michaelis Boyd designed space occupies 16,000 square foot and includes two restaurants, a lifestyle shop, garden shop, delicatessen with a wine cellar and a florist. Summer 2017 sees the opening of The Shop, The Potting Bench, The Delicatessen, The Florist and Wine Cellar while the two restaurants, The Petersham and La Goccia, the La Goccia bar and Courtyard will follow in April 2018. The new space blends Italian and British culture and maintains the family's passion for simplicity, flora, fauna and responsibly sourced produce, creating a refined, calm setting within a central urban environment. Located in a Grade II listed building beneath three Victorian atriums, The Shop offers a handpicked collection of homeware, furniture and gifts as well as specialist indoor plants, floral displays and artisanal gardening tools; The Delicatessen brings the spirit of a traditional Italian grocery store to central London with a selection of small artisanal suppliers; and The Florist offers a dramatic selection of wild, colourful and romantic displays that capture the true essence of Petersham Nurseries. Details of the restaurants and bar will be available later in the year.
 
 
 

EKTE Nordic Kitchen

Opened 23rd April 2018

EKTE Nordic Kitchen Opened 23rd April 2018 Danish-born restaurateur Soren Jessen, who launched successful City stalwart, 1 Lombard Street in 1998, promises something very different at this glass-fronted 60 seat restaurant in Bloomberg Arcade. Fresh and seasonal Nordic-inspired cooking is the thing at EKTE Nordic Kitchen where open sandwiches and Scandinavian pastries are available to take away. Stop by for breakfast and you'll find Danish pastries, charcuterie and gravad lax and eggs on the menu. EKTE, meaning 'genuine' or 'real' in Norwegian, translates into a varied menu with typical dishes including snaps-cured dill salmon with pickled radishes, mustard marinated herring with caramelised apple, and new potato salad with smoked mayo, fried onion and toasted rye crumbs. Danish apple cake with cinnamon ice cream is for dessert, along with Norwegian hazelnut cake with chocolate sauce. Interiors match the simplicity of the Nordic menu, making use of weathered oak, tanned leather, polished concrete, charred timber and pale stone. London based Danish Design studio JLKDS has created an elegant place with an expansive outdoor seating area for up to 20. 2018/04/23 Where:
EKTE Nordic Kitchen, 2-8 Bloomberg Arcade London, EC4N 8AR
Category: Scandinavian Cuisine

EKTE Nordic Kitchen, 2-8 Bloomberg Arcade, London, EC4N 8AR

Tube: Cannon Street Station, Bank Station, Mansion House Station, Monument Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren Jessen
Danish-born restaurateur Soren Jessen, who launched successful City stalwart, 1 Lombard Street in 1998, promises something very different at this glass-fronted 60 seat restaurant in Bloomberg Arcade. Fresh and seasonal Nordic-inspired cooking is the thing at EKTE Nordic Kitchen where open sandwiches and Scandinavian pastries are available to take away. Stop by for breakfast and you'll find Danish pastries, charcuterie and gravad lax and eggs on the menu. EKTE, meaning 'genuine' or 'real' in Norwegian, translates into a varied menu with typical dishes including snaps-cured dill salmon with pickled radishes, mustard marinated herring with caramelised apple, and new potato salad with smoked mayo, fried onion and toasted rye crumbs. Danish apple cake with cinnamon ice cream is for dessert, along with Norwegian hazelnut cake with chocolate sauce. Interiors match the simplicity of the Nordic menu, making use of weathered oak, tanned leather, polished concrete, charred timber and pale stone. London based Danish Design studio JLKDS has created an elegant place with an expansive outdoor seating area for up to 20.
 
 
 
 

Devonshire Terrace

Opened 26th March 2018

Devonshire Terrace Opened 26th March 2018 With an expansive covered terrace, Devonshire Terrace is the perfect al fresco spot. A stone's throw from Liverpool Street station, the courtyard terrace at this Drake & Morgan owned bar and restaurant is dressed with tonal textiles, tropical foliage and soft furnishings. Inside it's fresh and modern with soft moss, fir and olive greens set against natural materials like leather, marble and timber. Seasonal dishes, flatbreads and sharing boards are on the menu as well as small plates and gourmet sandwiches and burgers. There are vegetarian and vegan options as well as summer salads combining kohlrabi with watermelon, tofu, mangetout and candied walnuts and cherry tomatoes with orange, fennel, macadamia nuts and coriander. For business breakfasts there are fritters with poached egg, labneh and mint; avocado hummus on toasted gluten-free flatbread with dukkah and ricotta bruschetta with lemon, basil and honey. The Full Works comes as a vegetarian plate as well as the classic and you can top-up on your five a day with fresh juices and smoothies, blended to order. 2018/04/20 Where:
Devonshire Terrace, Building 9, Devonshire Square London, EC2M 4WY
Category: Modern European Cuisine

Devonshire Terrace, Building 9, Devonshire Square, London, EC2M 4WY

Tube: Liverpool Street Station, Aldgate Station, Aldgate East Underground Station, Aldgate East Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren Jessen
With an expansive covered terrace, Devonshire Terrace is the perfect al fresco spot. A stone's throw from Liverpool Street station, the courtyard terrace at this Drake & Morgan owned bar and restaurant is dressed with tonal textiles, tropical foliage and soft furnishings. Inside it's fresh and modern with soft moss, fir and olive greens set against natural materials like leather, marble and timber. Seasonal dishes, flatbreads and sharing boards are on the menu as well as small plates and gourmet sandwiches and burgers. There are vegetarian and vegan options as well as summer salads combining kohlrabi with watermelon, tofu, mangetout and candied walnuts and cherry tomatoes with orange, fennel, macadamia nuts and coriander. For business breakfasts there are fritters with poached egg, labneh and mint; avocado hummus on toasted gluten-free flatbread with dukkah and ricotta bruschetta with lemon, basil and honey. The Full Works comes as a vegetarian plate as well as the classic and you can top-up on your five a day with fresh juices and smoothies, blended to order.
 
 
 

Homeslice, White City

Opened 19th April 2018

Homeslice, White City Opened 19th April 2018 Homeslice is the brainchild of Ry Jessup and brothers Mark and Alan Wogan, sons of Sir Terry Wogan so this, their fifth branch at Television Centre, is something of a homecoming. Renowned for its award-winning 20" pizzas for £20, also served individually by the slice, Homeslice began as a hand-built mobile wood-fired oven in 2011, with Ry popping-up at street food markets Kerb and Street Feast in East London. With the focus on honest and simple food, done well, the menu evolves seasonally. Margherita and salami, rocket and parmesan are offered along with more adventurous options like aubergine with cauliflower cheese and BBQ beef brisket with pickled carrots and celery. Drinks include Camden Town Brewery beer on tap as well as bottled craft beers, natural wine by the glass and carafe, and frizzante prosecco on tap. 2018/04/19 Where:
Homeslice, White City, 2 Television Centre, 101 Wood Lane London, W12 7FR
Category: Italian Cuisine

Homeslice, White City, 2 Television Centre, 101 Wood Lane, London, W12 7FR

Tube: Wood Lane Station, White City Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark Wogan
Homeslice is the brainchild of Ry Jessup and brothers Mark and Alan Wogan, sons of Sir Terry Wogan so this, their fifth branch at Television Centre, is something of a homecoming. Renowned for its award-winning 20" pizzas for £20, also served individually by the slice, Homeslice began as a hand-built mobile wood-fired oven in 2011, with Ry popping-up at street food markets Kerb and Street Feast in East London. With the focus on honest and simple food, done well, the menu evolves seasonally. Margherita and salami, rocket and parmesan are offered along with more adventurous options like aubergine with cauliflower cheese and BBQ beef brisket with pickled carrots and celery. Drinks include Camden Town Brewery beer on tap as well as bottled craft beers, natural wine by the glass and carafe, and frizzante prosecco on tap.
 
 
 

HIDE

Opened 17th April 2018

HIDE Opened 17th April 2018 Ollie Dabbous, one of the best chefs in the country, brings us Hide, a fine dining venture and collaboration with Hedonism Wines and bartender and former Dabbous co-founder Oskar Kinberg. Ollie, who opened Dabbous in 2012, once billed as one of the hardest restaurants to get into in London, closed his eponymous restaurant in 2017 to make way for this. It's a much bigger operation with three different spaces in one, incorporating a la carte dining, tasting menus and a dedicated bar as well as the biggest selection of wine in London, with more than 6,800 bottles on offer. Ground serves an a la carte menu by Josh Angus, who worked at Le Manoir aux Quat'Saisons and with Ollie at Dabbous, and also features a bakery; Above, on the mezzanine, boasts views over Green Park and focuses on tasting menus and set lunches with Luke Selby, who won the Roux Scholarship and National Chef of the Year in 2017, in charge; and Below, in the basement, is a bar run by cocktail guru Oskar Kinberg, similar to Oskar's Bar which he ran below Dabbous. 2018/04/17 Where:
HIDE, 85 Piccadilly London, W1J 7NB
Category: British Cuisine

HIDE, 85 Piccadilly, London, W1J 7NB

Tube: Green Park Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbous
Ollie Dabbous, one of the best chefs in the country, brings us Hide, a fine dining venture and collaboration with Hedonism Wines and bartender and former Dabbous co-founder Oskar Kinberg. Ollie, who opened Dabbous in 2012, once billed as one of the hardest restaurants to get into in London, closed his eponymous restaurant in 2017 to make way for this. It's a much bigger operation with three different spaces in one, incorporating a la carte dining, tasting menus and a dedicated bar as well as the biggest selection of wine in London, with more than 6,800 bottles on offer. Ground serves an a la carte menu by Josh Angus, who worked at Le Manoir aux Quat'Saisons and with Ollie at Dabbous, and also features a bakery; Above, on the mezzanine, boasts views over Green Park and focuses on tasting menus and set lunches with Luke Selby, who won the Roux Scholarship and National Chef of the Year in 2017, in charge; and Below, in the basement, is a bar run by cocktail guru Oskar Kinberg, similar to Oskar's Bar which he ran below Dabbous.
 
 
 

Beck at Brown's

Opened 16th April 2018

Beck at Brown's Opened 16th April 2018 Michelin starred chef Heinz Beck returns to London with Beck at Brown's in the heart of beautiful Mayfair hotel Brown's. The restaurant, freshly redesigned by Olga Polizzi with bright, botanical greens and turquoises set against the original 1900's oak panelling, offers a menu of classic Italian dishes, reinvented in Heinz's inimitable style. An extensive insalate and antipasti section of small plates offers starters of burrata with marinated courgette and dressed crab with grilled Romain lettuce. Follow with fresh, house-made pasta and, in traditional Italian style, enjoy hearty meat and fish dishes from red mullet 'sandwich' to Rhug estate striploin with truffle mash and rosemary sauce (to share). 'Happy hour' a peritivo creations include crostini burro e alici and carciofi alla giudia. 2018/04/16 Where:
Beck at Brown's, Brown's Hotel, Albemarle Street London, W1S 4BP
Category: Italian Cuisine

Beck at Brown's, Brown's Hotel, Albemarle Street, London, W1S 4BP

Tube: Green Park Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbous
Michelin starred chef Heinz Beck returns to London with Beck at Brown's in the heart of beautiful Mayfair hotel Brown's. The restaurant, freshly redesigned by Olga Polizzi with bright, botanical greens and turquoises set against the original 1900's oak panelling, offers a menu of classic Italian dishes, reinvented in Heinz's inimitable style. An extensive insalate and antipasti section of small plates offers starters of burrata with marinated courgette and dressed crab with grilled Romain lettuce. Follow with fresh, house-made pasta and, in traditional Italian style, enjoy hearty meat and fish dishes from red mullet 'sandwich' to Rhug estate striploin with truffle mash and rosemary sauce (to share). 'Happy hour' a peritivo creations include crostini burro e alici and carciofi alla giudia.
 
 
 

The Principal London

Opened 16th April 2018

The Principal London Opened 16th April 2018 Designed by Charles Fitzroy-Doll, who was also responsible for the design of RMS Titanic, The Principal London originally opened as a hotel in 1898 and stands out on Russell Square thanks its striking terracotta exterior. While four British queens - Elizabeth I, Mary II, Anne and Victoria - guard the entrance, inside the 334-room hotel is a bronze dragon (find it on the landing of the main staircase) , 'Lucky George' - the Titanic had an exact replica. Rooms have a contemporary interior and lavish feel , designed by Tara Bernard and Russell Sage, and provide a practical place to stay, with custom-made beds and work desks. At the heart of the hotel is the magnificently restored Palm Court. For something more casual, try Burr & Co., and for glamorous nights out head to Fitz's bar for a cocktail or two. 2018/04/16 Where:
The Principal London, 1-8 Russell Square London, WC1B 5BE
Category: New Hotels

The Principal London, 1-8 Russell Square, London, WC1B 5BE

Tube: Russell Square Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbous
Designed by Charles Fitzroy-Doll, who was also responsible for the design of RMS Titanic, The Principal London originally opened as a hotel in 1898 and stands out on Russell Square thanks its striking terracotta exterior. While four British queens - Elizabeth I, Mary II, Anne and Victoria - guard the entrance, inside the 334-room hotel is a bronze dragon (find it on the landing of the main staircase) , 'Lucky George' - the Titanic had an exact replica. Rooms have a contemporary interior and lavish feel , designed by Tara Bernard and Russell Sage, and provide a practical place to stay, with custom-made beds and work desks. At the heart of the hotel is the magnificently restored Palm Court. For something more casual, try Burr & Co., and for glamorous nights out head to Fitz's bar for a cocktail or two.
 
 
 
 

Wellbourne Brasserie

Opened 16th April 2018

Wellbourne Brasserie Opened 16th April 2018 Dine al fresco on the south facing terrace overlooking the green at the heart of White City Place at Wellbourne Brasserie, an all-day restaurant from former h ead chef at Dabbous, Ross Gibbens, and his sous chef, Michael Kennedy. The pair have worked in some of the UK's leading kitchens including Le Manoir aux Quat'Saisons, Launceston Place and The Square. They have imported a specialist Mibrasa charcoal oven from Spain so that delicious 50 day salt aged Simmental beef can be cooked over hot coals. The menu also includes homemade crumpets served with hot smoked mackerel for breakfast, veal Holstein and bavette, chips and aioli. Vol au vents are a signature dish and come as appetisers, filled with English broad beans, ewe's cheese and mint as well as salt cod brandade. The 40-seat restaurant includes a bright 30 seater Lounge Bar, seating for 80 on the t errace and private dining. The intimate Charles Packe private dining room, named after the English explorer, is a nod to the brasserie's sister venue, Wellbourne Salardu, a seasonal fine dining and apres ski restaurant in Spain. 2018/04/16 Where:
Wellbourne Brasserie, 195 Wood Lane, Unit 2 Westworks Building London, W12 7FQ
Category: Brasseries

Wellbourne Brasserie, 195 Wood Lane, Unit 2 Westworks Building, London, W12 7FQ

Tube: White City Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbous
Dine al fresco on the south facing terrace overlooking the green at the heart of White City Place at Wellbourne Brasserie, an all-day restaurant from former h ead chef at Dabbous, Ross Gibbens, and his sous chef, Michael Kennedy. The pair have worked in some of the UK's leading kitchens including Le Manoir aux Quat'Saisons, Launceston Place and The Square. They have imported a specialist Mibrasa charcoal oven from Spain so that delicious 50 day salt aged Simmental beef can be cooked over hot coals. The menu also includes homemade crumpets served with hot smoked mackerel for breakfast, veal Holstein and bavette, chips and aioli. Vol au vents are a signature dish and come as appetisers, filled with English broad beans, ewe's cheese and mint as well as salt cod brandade. The 40-seat restaurant includes a bright 30 seater Lounge Bar, seating for 80 on the t errace and private dining. The intimate Charles Packe private dining room, named after the English explorer, is a nod to the brasserie's sister venue, Wellbourne Salardu, a seasonal fine dining and apres ski restaurant in Spain.
 
 
 

Ardiciocca

Opened April 2018

Ardiciocca Opened April 2018 Roberto Costa and the team behind the Italian butchery with tables, Macellaio RC, have gone entirely gluten, dairy and sugar free for Ardiciocca, their fifth London restaurant, and this time there's no steak in sight. Named after the Genoese-Italian word for artichoke , the restaurant on Fulham's North End Road from April 2018, offers beautiful Mediterranean cuisine from chef Simona Ranieri, author of successful cookbooks on going gluten free. The emphasis at Ardiciocca is on fermentation, enriching the flavours and nutritional value of vegetables, fruits and grains. Marinated and flamed mackerel comes with kimchi cucumber, dill and coconut yogurt. For mains, pea ravioli with almond and slow-cooked lamb with kimchi are best enjoyed with natural, organic and biodynamic wines. Leave room for matcha tea ice cream and Simona's signature almond tiramisu, both sugar and dairy free. 2018/04/15 Where:
Ardiciocca, 461-465 North End Road London, SW6 1NZ
Category: Mediterranean Cuisine

Ardiciocca, 461-465 North End Road, London, SW6 1NZ

Tube: Fulham Broadway Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbous
Roberto Costa and the team behind the Italian butchery with tables, Macellaio RC, have gone entirely gluten, dairy and sugar free for Ardiciocca, their fifth London restaurant, and this time there's no steak in sight. Named after the Genoese-Italian word for artichoke , the restaurant on Fulham's North End Road from April 2018, offers beautiful Mediterranean cuisine from chef Simona Ranieri, author of successful cookbooks on going gluten free. The emphasis at Ardiciocca is on fermentation, enriching the flavours and nutritional value of vegetables, fruits and grains. Marinated and flamed mackerel comes with kimchi cucumber, dill and coconut yogurt. For mains, pea ravioli with almond and slow-cooked lamb with kimchi are best enjoyed with natural, organic and biodynamic wines. Leave room for matcha tea ice cream and Simona's signature almond tiramisu, both sugar and dairy free.
 
 
 

Proud Embankment

Opened 12th April 2018

Proud Embankment Opened 12th April 2018 Baz Luhrmann meets Cirque du Soleil at Proud Embankment, an immersive cabaret-dining experience and the largest club of its kind in the UK. In sumptuous surroundings and an original Art Deco interior - which includes a grand double-height atrium - supper, spectacular aerial performances, modern cabaret and classic burlesque are all laid on. Located between Somerset House and the Savoy, directly under Waterloo Bridge and right by the river, this cabaret club transforms into a dazzling 750-capacity nightclub. After dinner, the tables are cleared away and you can party till late; carriages are at 5am. On Thursdays it's Proud Big Top - a jaw-dropping, gravity-defying, fire breathing circus extravaganza. Friday sees a contemporary twist on a classic Parisian cabaret in Lady Marmalade - fusing full choreographed numbers by Can Can dancers with performances by Miss Betsy Rose, Jolie Papillon and Didi Derriere. Those three then join forces with Missy Fatale and a host of other top-class performers to form The Secret Burlesque Society, the in-house entertainment on Saturdays. 2018/04/12 Where:
Proud Embankment, 8 Victoria Embankment London, WC2R 2AB
Category:

Proud Embankment, 8 Victoria Embankment, London, WC2R 2AB

Tube: Temple Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbous
Baz Luhrmann meets Cirque du Soleil at Proud Embankment, an immersive cabaret-dining experience and the largest club of its kind in the UK. In sumptuous surroundings and an original Art Deco interior - which includes a grand double-height atrium - supper, spectacular aerial performances, modern cabaret and classic burlesque are all laid on. Located between Somerset House and the Savoy, directly under Waterloo Bridge and right by the river, this cabaret club transforms into a dazzling 750-capacity nightclub. After dinner, the tables are cleared away and you can party till late; carriages are at 5am. On Thursdays it's Proud Big Top - a jaw-dropping, gravity-defying, fire breathing circus extravaganza. Friday sees a contemporary twist on a classic Parisian cabaret in Lady Marmalade - fusing full choreographed numbers by Can Can dancers with performances by Miss Betsy Rose, Jolie Papillon and Didi Derriere. Those three then join forces with Missy Fatale and a host of other top-class performers to form The Secret Burlesque Society, the in-house entertainment on Saturdays.
 
 
 

The Prince

Opened 12th April 2018

The Prince Opened 12th April 2018 From the people who brought you Pergola on the Roof, Pergola Paddington and Feast Canteen, The Prince is a fully protected food court with four restaurants, a pub and fairytale garden. Under one roof there are two bars, restaurants and 800 seats in an enclosed woodland pergola garden, all connected to each other via a walkway out the back. It works just like the Pergola pop ups - it's self serve at food kiosks from Coqfighter, Patty & Bun, Begging Bowl, Foley's Bao and Yakitori Grill - the new line up from 12th April 2018. The whole thing is centred on a pub - the old Prince of Wales pub in Earls Court - and when it returns this summer the garden gets a beautiful seasonal makeover with the heady scents of hydrangeas and a canopy of wisteria draping overhead; alfresco drinking and dining at its best. 2018/04/12 Where:
The Prince, 14 Lillie Road London, SW6 1TT
Category:

The Prince, 14 Lillie Road, London, SW6 1TT

Tube: West Brompton Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco Photography
From the people who brought you Pergola on the Roof, Pergola Paddington and Feast Canteen, The Prince is a fully protected food court with four restaurants, a pub and fairytale garden. Under one roof there are two bars, restaurants and 800 seats in an enclosed woodland pergola garden, all connected to each other via a walkway out the back. It works just like the Pergola pop ups - it's self serve at food kiosks from Coqfighter, Patty & Bun, Begging Bowl, Foley's Bao and Yakitori Grill - the new line up from 12th April 2018. The whole thing is centred on a pub - the old Prince of Wales pub in Earls Court - and when it returns this summer the garden gets a beautiful seasonal makeover with the heady scents of hydrangeas and a canopy of wisteria draping overhead; alfresco drinking and dining at its best.
 
 
 

Bluebird Cafe

Opened 11th April 2018

Bluebird Cafe Opened 11th April 2018 Joining Soho House and Homeslice at Television Centre in White City, Bluebird, the famous Kings Road restaurant, adds a second branch to its name. Bluebird Cafe at Television Centre includes a cafe, bar, deli and - a major draw at the original - an outdoor terrace overlooking Television Centre's famous circular core. The cafe's colorful interior has been designed by David d'Almada's Sagrada and incorporates a mix 1960s styling inspired by Bridget Riley and Celia Birtwell and modern glamour. On Simon Gregory's modern European menu you'll find Calabrian nduja crusted yellow fin tuna with grilled onion and green sauce, and a Crispy Goosnargh duck and watercress salad. Bluebird classics such as Spiced Atlantic king prawns with lemon yoghurt and pistachio also feature, while award-winning Executive Pastry Chef, Roger Pizey, offers a sweet-toothed nod to the Kings Road with a Chelsea chocolate cheesecake and orange sorbet. 2018/04/11 Where:
Bluebird Cafe, Television Centre 89 Wood Lane London, W12 7FA
Category: British Cuisine

Bluebird Cafe, Television Centre 89 Wood Lane, London, W12 7FA

Tube: White City Station, Wood Lane Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco Photography
Joining Soho House and Homeslice at Television Centre in White City, Bluebird, the famous Kings Road restaurant, adds a second branch to its name. Bluebird Cafe at Television Centre includes a cafe, bar, deli and - a major draw at the original - an outdoor terrace overlooking Television Centre's famous circular core. The cafe's colorful interior has been designed by David d'Almada's Sagrada and incorporates a mix 1960s styling inspired by Bridget Riley and Celia Birtwell and modern glamour. On Simon Gregory's modern European menu you'll find Calabrian nduja crusted yellow fin tuna with grilled onion and green sauce, and a Crispy Goosnargh duck and watercress salad. Bluebird classics such as Spiced Atlantic king prawns with lemon yoghurt and pistachio also feature, while award-winning Executive Pastry Chef, Roger Pizey, offers a sweet-toothed nod to the Kings Road with a Chelsea chocolate cheesecake and orange sorbet.
 
 
 
 

Southbank Centre: Queen Elizabeth Hall

Opened 9th April 2018

Southbank Centre: Queen Elizabeth Hall Opened 9th April 2018 Queen Elizabeth Hall is the second largest concert hall at Southbank Centre, presenting a diverse programme that covers the whole range of music and performing arts. The Royal Festival Hall's smaller sister venue Queen Elizabeth Hall ensures that even when there is a long-running show, the Southbank Centre can have almost nightly performances by world-class orchestras. The Hall hosts chamber orchestras, quartets, choirs, dance performances and opera. The building contains the Purcell Room, the most intimate concert hall venue at Southbank Centre, and The Front Room, a relaxed and informal platform for enjoying live music in the foyer. Located by the River Thames, with sweeping views of the capital from the London Eye to St Paul's Cathedral, the Southbank Centre is a unique metropolitan arts centre, with 21 acres of creative space and an extraordinary history. The combination of the Royal Festival Hall and Queen Elizabeth Hall make the Southbank Centre one of the world's leading concert venues. 2018/04/09 Where:
Southbank Centre: Queen Elizabeth Hall, Belvedere Road London, SE1 8XX
Category: Classical Music

Southbank Centre: Queen Elizabeth Hall, Belvedere Road, London, SE1 8XX

Tube: Waterloo Station, Embankment Underground Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco PhotographyQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von Sternberg
Queen Elizabeth Hall is the second largest concert hall at Southbank Centre, presenting a diverse programme that covers the whole range of music and performing arts. The Royal Festival Hall's smaller sister venue Queen Elizabeth Hall ensures that even when there is a long-running show, the Southbank Centre can have almost nightly performances by world-class orchestras. The Hall hosts chamber orchestras, quartets, choirs, dance performances and opera. The building contains the Purcell Room, the most intimate concert hall venue at Southbank Centre, and The Front Room, a relaxed and informal platform for enjoying live music in the foyer. Located by the River Thames, with sweeping views of the capital from the London Eye to St Paul's Cathedral, the Southbank Centre is a unique metropolitan arts centre, with 21 acres of creative space and an extraordinary history. The combination of the Royal Festival Hall and Queen Elizabeth Hall make the Southbank Centre one of the world's leading concert venues.
 
 
 

Two Tribes KX

Opened 9th April 2018

Two Tribes KX Opened 9th April 2018 Two Tribes KX, a brewhouse and taproom in King's Cross, unites craft beer, cutting-edge music and street food in Tileyard Studios, a co-working space that's home to companies like Rapha, Pretty Green, Beats headphones, and over 100 recording studios where you'll find Mark Ronson, Lily Allen, Basement Jaxx and The Prodigy. Adding to the mix, Two Tribes is a brewhouse set up by Justin Deighton and his wife Niki which brews one-off beers, serves hand-stretched pizzas and provides small batch spirits from local suppliers. You can also come here for cook outs, intimate gigs, DJ sets and one-off parties. Music sessions make use of the Funktion One Sound System and you can expect to hear some big names in the music industry thanks to an ongoing partnership with Island Records. There's a laid back vibe at this 2,500 square foot industrial space where you can enjoy good food, small batch beers and great music. 2018/04/09 Where:
Two Tribes KX, Tileyard Studios, Tileyard Road London, N7 9AH
Category: Bars

Two Tribes KX, Tileyard Studios, Tileyard Road, London, N7 9AH

Tube: Caledonian Road Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco PhotographyQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von Sternberg
Two Tribes KX, a brewhouse and taproom in King's Cross, unites craft beer, cutting-edge music and street food in Tileyard Studios, a co-working space that's home to companies like Rapha, Pretty Green, Beats headphones, and over 100 recording studios where you'll find Mark Ronson, Lily Allen, Basement Jaxx and The Prodigy. Adding to the mix, Two Tribes is a brewhouse set up by Justin Deighton and his wife Niki which brews one-off beers, serves hand-stretched pizzas and provides small batch spirits from local suppliers. You can also come here for cook outs, intimate gigs, DJ sets and one-off parties. Music sessions make use of the Funktion One Sound System and you can expect to hear some big names in the music industry thanks to an ongoing partnership with Island Records. There's a laid back vibe at this 2,500 square foot industrial space where you can enjoy good food, small batch beers and great music.
 
 
 

Lahpet

Opened 6th-8th April 2018

Lahpet Opened 6th-8th April 2018 It started out with a small stall at Maltby Street Market and, a fter a successful year-long pop-up in Hackney, Burmese restaurant Lahpet finds its first permanent site on Bethnal Green Road in Shoreditch. Dishes from Myanmar, Burmese staples and regional specialties are served in this 76-seat restaurant which has wooden flooring, concrete softened by foliage, mixed booth seating and a long wooden sharing table. Founded by Dan Anton and Head Chef Zaw Mahesh, Lahpet - Burmese for 'tea' - offers a texture-laden Tea Leaf Salad as its signature dish, made with pickled tea leaves while the homemade Shan tofu made using split peas is another highlight. From distinctive salads, vibrant curries and fresh seafood to noodle based dishes and bold desserts, the menu of mixed fritters and hake masala is best shared with family and friends. 2018/04/08 Where:
Lahpet, Bethnal Green Road London, E1 6JW
Category: Pan-Asian Cuisine

Lahpet, Bethnal Green Road, London, E1 6JW

Tube: Aldgate East Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco PhotographyQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von Sternberg
It started out with a small stall at Maltby Street Market and, a fter a successful year-long pop-up in Hackney, Burmese restaurant Lahpet finds its first permanent site on Bethnal Green Road in Shoreditch. Dishes from Myanmar, Burmese staples and regional specialties are served in this 76-seat restaurant which has wooden flooring, concrete softened by foliage, mixed booth seating and a long wooden sharing table. Founded by Dan Anton and Head Chef Zaw Mahesh, Lahpet - Burmese for 'tea' - offers a texture-laden Tea Leaf Salad as its signature dish, made with pickled tea leaves while the homemade Shan tofu made using split peas is another highlight. From distinctive salads, vibrant curries and fresh seafood to noodle based dishes and bold desserts, the menu of mixed fritters and hake masala is best shared with family and friends.
 
 
 

Arepa & Co

Opened end of March 2018

Arepa & Co Opened end of March 2018 Craving arepas whilst living here London, husband and wife Gus and Kathe opened Arepa & Co Haggerston as a home from home for the Venezuelan community back in 2014. Four years on, from March 2018, they bring their Venezuelan cuisine to Bethnal Green's Paradise Row with a restaurant that's in keeping with the industrial surroundings of the Paradise Row arches. Venezuelan classics and arepas with fried chicken, soft shell crab and roasted aubergine, as well as small plates of Pastelitos (light puff pastry parcels) and Hallaquitas - steamed corn dough balls - are on the menu alongside traditional dishes of fried plantain, and Tequenos - a cheese stuffed pastry with a guava sauce. The restaurant opens up to a large terrace with bi-fold doors and a bare brick interior houses an open kitchen and stools for counter dining at the bar where the drinks menu is largely centred around rum, Venezuala's national spirit - try the Arepa Sour for a kick of rum, lime and tropical juices. On weekends Arepa & Co brunches bring some South American sunshine to the city, with corn pancakes layered with grilled bacon and cheese. 2018/03/31 Where:
Arepa & Co, 254 Paradise Row London, E2 9LE
Category: South American Cuisine

Arepa & Co, 254 Paradise Row, London, E2 9LE

Tube: Bethnal Green Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco PhotographyQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von Sternberg
Craving arepas whilst living here London, husband and wife Gus and Kathe opened Arepa & Co Haggerston as a home from home for the Venezuelan community back in 2014. Four years on, from March 2018, they bring their Venezuelan cuisine to Bethnal Green's Paradise Row with a restaurant that's in keeping with the industrial surroundings of the Paradise Row arches. Venezuelan classics and arepas with fried chicken, soft shell crab and roasted aubergine, as well as small plates of Pastelitos (light puff pastry parcels) and Hallaquitas - steamed corn dough balls - are on the menu alongside traditional dishes of fried plantain, and Tequenos - a cheese stuffed pastry with a guava sauce. The restaurant opens up to a large terrace with bi-fold doors and a bare brick interior houses an open kitchen and stools for counter dining at the bar where the drinks menu is largely centred around rum, Venezuala's national spirit - try the Arepa Sour for a kick of rum, lime and tropical juices. On weekends Arepa & Co brunches bring some South American sunshine to the city, with corn pancakes layered with grilled bacon and cheese.
 
 
 

Caramel London

Opened end of March 2018

Caramel London Opened end of March 2018 An international success, Caramel already has restaurants in Muscat, Abu Dhabi and Dubai, and their fourth restaurant is in South Kensington. The 120 cover restaurant and lounge - the perfect shopping pit stop - has stylish Art Deco inspired interiors which feature backlit onyx trims, marbled surfaces and sleek Italian ceramic tiles as well as copper and brass details. Each site is individually tailored to suit its location so at the London site they've added an afternoon tea. In addition to finger sandwiches and petit fours you can enjoy breakfast, brunch, dinner and desserts here. Start the day with chicken sweet potato hash, try Chinese chicken salad at brunch, and choose from TNT shrimp, petite beef sliders and lobster tempura for lunch and dinner. Cocktails, chosen by mixologist Bryan Pietersen, include the Brompton Garden - Bombay Sapphire infused with orange, Kamm & Sons, lime, London Essence Co bitter orange & elderflower tonic - and Sweet Habibi, created with Bacardi Blanca, basil, maraschino, lime and elderflower. 2018/03/31 Where:
Caramel London, 272 Brompton Road London, SW3 2AW
Category: American Cuisine

Caramel London, 272 Brompton Road, London, SW3 2AW

Tube: South Kensington Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco PhotographyQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von Sternberg
An international success, Caramel already has restaurants in Muscat, Abu Dhabi and Dubai, and their fourth restaurant is in South Kensington. The 120 cover restaurant and lounge - the perfect shopping pit stop - has stylish Art Deco inspired interiors which feature backlit onyx trims, marbled surfaces and sleek Italian ceramic tiles as well as copper and brass details. Each site is individually tailored to suit its location so at the London site they've added an afternoon tea. In addition to finger sandwiches and petit fours you can enjoy breakfast, brunch, dinner and desserts here. Start the day with chicken sweet potato hash, try Chinese chicken salad at brunch, and choose from TNT shrimp, petite beef sliders and lobster tempura for lunch and dinner. Cocktails, chosen by mixologist Bryan Pietersen, include the Brompton Garden - Bombay Sapphire infused with orange, Kamm & Sons, lime, London Essence Co bitter orange & elderflower tonic - and Sweet Habibi, created with Bacardi Blanca, basil, maraschino, lime and elderflower.
 
 
 
 

Freak Scene

Opened 29th March 2018

Freak Scene Opened 29th March 2018 Freak Scene, the pan-Asian pop-up by chef Scott Hallsworth that took Clerkenwell by storm last year, moves to Soho and this time it's for good. Expect to find miso grilled black cod taco on the menu at this permanent restaurant from the chef and author of Junk Food Japan, previously head chef at Nobu London for six years. Scott then opened Nobu Melbourne before founding Kurobuta in London which he left in May 2017. At Freak Scene in Soho Scott brings new additions to his "Insanely delicious Japanese delicacies" (Jay Rayner) including a foie gras croissant with star anise jus and crispy nori cone with tea-smoked beef fillet, pickled onions and wasabi cream, along with Fermented Thai sausages and Pumpkin som tam with pomegranate. Sit on stools around the concrete bar and open kitchen, or grab a spot at the ledge circling the edge of the restaurant where replays of Japanese gameshow Takeshi's Castle are projected onto the wall. In the summer months, outside tables provide the perfect Soho spot to grab some rays. 2018/03/29 Where:
Freak Scene, 54 Frith Street London, W1D 4SL
Category: Japanese Cuisine

Freak Scene, 54 Frith Street, London, W1D 4SL

Tube: Tottenham Court Road Station, Leicester Square Station, Piccadilly Circus Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco PhotographyQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von Sternberg
Freak Scene, the pan-Asian pop-up by chef Scott Hallsworth that took Clerkenwell by storm last year, moves to Soho and this time it's for good. Expect to find miso grilled black cod taco on the menu at this permanent restaurant from the chef and author of Junk Food Japan, previously head chef at Nobu London for six years. Scott then opened Nobu Melbourne before founding Kurobuta in London which he left in May 2017. At Freak Scene in Soho Scott brings new additions to his "Insanely delicious Japanese delicacies" (Jay Rayner) including a foie gras croissant with star anise jus and crispy nori cone with tea-smoked beef fillet, pickled onions and wasabi cream, along with Fermented Thai sausages and Pumpkin som tam with pomegranate. Sit on stools around the concrete bar and open kitchen, or grab a spot at the ledge circling the edge of the restaurant where replays of Japanese gameshow Takeshi's Castle are projected onto the wall. In the summer months, outside tables provide the perfect Soho spot to grab some rays.
 
 
 

Pitch Stratford

Opened 29th March 2018

Pitch Stratford Opened 29th March 2018 Open from the Easter weekend through to autumn 2018, Pitch Stratford is back after a successful summer. An open air space in the heart of Stratford, it offers street food, screenings and drinks in a colourful outdoor space just a short walk from Stratford station - a perfect escape from Westfield Stratford City. Tico's supply the hot dogs and ribs, The Gyoza Guys deliver the dumplings, there's modern Greek food by Kalimera as well as homemade churros and crepes. Easing you into the weekend, Thursdays brings fun activities to try. Fridays combine daytime networking with after-work drinks deals and Saturdays come in three parts: family-friendly street food lunches; lazy afternoon or early evenings of alfresco eating and drinking; before a themed party night or outdoor film screening. Sundays are for brunching, with flowing prosecco and DJs bringing a laidback Ibiza vibe to E15. World Cup matches are shown on the big screen in spring which becomes an outdoor cinema in summer. Don't fret if it rains, the pitched roof will keep you dry. 2018/03/29 Where:
Pitch Stratford, Bridge Road London, E15 3PA
Category:

Pitch Stratford, Bridge Road, London, E15 3PA

Tube: Stratford Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco PhotographyQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von Sternberg
Open from the Easter weekend through to autumn 2018, Pitch Stratford is back after a successful summer. An open air space in the heart of Stratford, it offers street food, screenings and drinks in a colourful outdoor space just a short walk from Stratford station - a perfect escape from Westfield Stratford City. Tico's supply the hot dogs and ribs, The Gyoza Guys deliver the dumplings, there's modern Greek food by Kalimera as well as homemade churros and crepes. Easing you into the weekend, Thursdays brings fun activities to try. Fridays combine daytime networking with after-work drinks deals and Saturdays come in three parts: family-friendly street food lunches; lazy afternoon or early evenings of alfresco eating and drinking; before a themed party night or outdoor film screening. Sundays are for brunching, with flowing prosecco and DJs bringing a laidback Ibiza vibe to E15. World Cup matches are shown on the big screen in spring which becomes an outdoor cinema in summer. Don't fret if it rains, the pitched roof will keep you dry.
 
 
 

Mare Street Market

Opened 28th March 2018

Mare Street Market Opened 28th March 2018 Take one previously nondescript 1960s council office block, give it refurb, a restaurant by Gizzi Erskine - her first permanent solo venture - add a record shop, a florist, bakery, deli and cocktail bar and you have Mare Street Market , an all-day spot between London Fields and Broadway Market . It doesn't get more hip than this. There are three dining spots: The Deli and Off-Licence for picking up tartines and salads, a roast sandwich or ragu special; the communal Open Kitchen serving rye biga pizzas using dough developed by Breadstation; and a 50-cover modern brassiere, The Dining Room, wherer Phil Smith, formerly of Bibendum , is head chef and dishes like steak tartare and bone marrow Marmite feature on the wood-fired produce-led menu . Get an on-the-hoof cup from Flying Horse Coffee shop as you peruse the floral creations from Rebel Rebel. Or browse the vinyl at Stranger Than Paradise, a record store and in-house podcast studio by former Rough Trade East Manager Noreen McShane. 2018/03/28 Where:
Mare Street Market, 89-115 Mare Street London, E8 4RT
Category:

Mare Street Market, 89-115 Mare Street, London, E8 4RT

Tube: Bethnal Green Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco PhotographyQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von Sternberg
Take one previously nondescript 1960s council office block, give it refurb, a restaurant by Gizzi Erskine - her first permanent solo venture - add a record shop, a florist, bakery, deli and cocktail bar and you have Mare Street Market , an all-day spot between London Fields and Broadway Market . It doesn't get more hip than this. There are three dining spots: The Deli and Off-Licence for picking up tartines and salads, a roast sandwich or ragu special; the communal Open Kitchen serving rye biga pizzas using dough developed by Breadstation; and a 50-cover modern brassiere, The Dining Room, wherer Phil Smith, formerly of Bibendum , is head chef and dishes like steak tartare and bone marrow Marmite feature on the wood-fired produce-led menu . Get an on-the-hoof cup from Flying Horse Coffee shop as you peruse the floral creations from Rebel Rebel. Or browse the vinyl at Stranger Than Paradise, a record store and in-house podcast studio by former Rough Trade East Manager Noreen McShane.
 
 
 

Vijay's Bar & Lounge

Opened 28th March 2018

Vijay's Bar & Lounge Opened 28th March 2018 Cocktails and Indian-style bar snacks are served late into the night at atmospheric drinking den Vijay's Bar & Lounge on Charlotte Street. Located above the Indian restaurant Lokhandwala, and inspired by an infamous Mumbai gangster Vijay, the intimate venue and outdoor terrace offers cocktail lovers an elusive escape in the heart of Fitzrovia. The intimate, twenty-five capacity room leads on to a hidden outdoor terrace, an ideal spot for alfresco drinking in the warm summer months. Inside dark walls, rich fabrics and opulent details provide a haven for those looking to escape the hustle and bustle of the streets below. As well as cocktails you can sip on champagnes, wine and Japanese Whiskies. Floral syrups and Indian spices play a prominent role with rose and lavender syrup featuring in the drinks, along with spices like fennel seed, star anise and fresh coriander. 2018/03/28 Where:
Vijay's Bar & Lounge, 93 Charlotte Street London, W1T 4PY
Category: Bars

Vijay's Bar & Lounge, 93 Charlotte Street, London, W1T 4PY

Tube: Goodge Street Station, Warren Street Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco PhotographyQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von Sternberg
Cocktails and Indian-style bar snacks are served late into the night at atmospheric drinking den Vijay's Bar & Lounge on Charlotte Street. Located above the Indian restaurant Lokhandwala, and inspired by an infamous Mumbai gangster Vijay, the intimate venue and outdoor terrace offers cocktail lovers an elusive escape in the heart of Fitzrovia. The intimate, twenty-five capacity room leads on to a hidden outdoor terrace, an ideal spot for alfresco drinking in the warm summer months. Inside dark walls, rich fabrics and opulent details provide a haven for those looking to escape the hustle and bustle of the streets below. As well as cocktails you can sip on champagnes, wine and Japanese Whiskies. Floral syrups and Indian spices play a prominent role with rose and lavender syrup featuring in the drinks, along with spices like fennel seed, star anise and fresh coriander.
 
 
 

Leroy

Opened 23rd March 2018

Leroy Opened 23rd March 2018 From the team behind the (now closed) Michelin-starred Ellory, Leroy is a wine bar and Bistro where the food is simple and the wine is superb. Owner and sommelier Ed Thaw has been working on a winemaking project in Campania with Michael Sager, Jackson Boxer and Stevie Parle and the 100 bin wine list is drawn from their favourite producers. Head chef Sam Kamienko returns to his time cooking at Le Verre Vole, evident in small plates of scallop 'en coquille' and confit chicken gizzards with lardons, escarole and a duck egg yolk. The 45 cover dining room is filled with old bistro chairs from France mixed with modern brass edged tables and a marble bar in a triangular space that's light and bright in the day and cosy at night. 2018/03/23 Where:
Leroy, 18 Phipp Street London, EC2A 4NU
Category: French Cuisine

Leroy, 18 Phipp Street, London, EC2A 4NU

Tube: Old Street Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco PhotographyQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von SternbergOwner and Sommelier Ed Thaw
From the team behind the (now closed) Michelin-starred Ellory, Leroy is a wine bar and Bistro where the food is simple and the wine is superb. Owner and sommelier Ed Thaw has been working on a winemaking project in Campania with Michael Sager, Jackson Boxer and Stevie Parle and the 100 bin wine list is drawn from their favourite producers. Head chef Sam Kamienko returns to his time cooking at Le Verre Vole, evident in small plates of scallop 'en coquille' and confit chicken gizzards with lardons, escarole and a duck egg yolk. The 45 cover dining room is filled with old bistro chairs from France mixed with modern brass edged tables and a marble bar in a triangular space that's light and bright in the day and cosy at night.
 
 
 
 

Kanada-Ya Upper Street

Opened 22nd March 2018

Kanada-Ya Upper Street Opened 22nd March 2018 Specialising in authentic Tonkotsu ramen, Kanada-Ya serves noodles made on site with a special machine, imported from Japan. Kanada-Ya's signature ramen are made with a very specific brand of flour, enriched with the right protein content and alkaline salts to produce a bouncy, firm noodle capable of standing up to the rich broth. Customers are also able to request how firm they like their noodles, which will then be cooked accordingly. Added to the noodles are tonkotsu broth, secret sauce (imported from the original restaurant, and hand-made by Mr. Kanada), wood ear fungus mushroom (kikurage), finely sliced spring onion, chashu pork belly and a sheet of nori. This Upper Street restaurant - the third branch of Kanada-Ya, joining branches in Piccadilly and Covent Garden - seats 55 over one floor where you can see the chefs at work in the open kitchen. 2018/03/22 Where:
Kanada-Ya Upper Street, 35 Upper Street London, N1 0PN
Category:

Kanada-Ya Upper Street, 35 Upper Street, London, N1 0PN

Tube: Angel Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco PhotographyQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von SternbergOwner and Sommelier Ed Thaw
Specialising in authentic Tonkotsu ramen, Kanada-Ya serves noodles made on site with a special machine, imported from Japan. Kanada-Ya's signature ramen are made with a very specific brand of flour, enriched with the right protein content and alkaline salts to produce a bouncy, firm noodle capable of standing up to the rich broth. Customers are also able to request how firm they like their noodles, which will then be cooked accordingly. Added to the noodles are tonkotsu broth, secret sauce (imported from the original restaurant, and hand-made by Mr. Kanada), wood ear fungus mushroom (kikurage), finely sliced spring onion, chashu pork belly and a sheet of nori. This Upper Street restaurant - the third branch of Kanada-Ya, joining branches in Piccadilly and Covent Garden - seats 55 over one floor where you can see the chefs at work in the open kitchen.
 
 
 

John Lewis White City

Opened 20th March 2018

John Lewis White City Opened 20th March 2018 The 33 million pound John Lewis store is a big draw at Westfield London's 600 million pound extension, opening on 20th March 2018. As well as housing 1,000 brands in fashion, beauty, home and technology the four floor J ohn Lewis White City department store is home to 23 service, including its 'experience desk' to guide shoppers around the store, a 'discovery room' where customers can learn new skills such as cooking and crafts, a spa and an in-house optician. Occupying 230,000 square feet, the department store takes up almost one third of the extension and is one of 90 shops, bringing the total store count to 450 at the Westfield's west London site . The John Lewis store - its 50th in the UK - is one of five big stores, along with Next, House of Fraser, Debenhams and Marks & Spencer, around Westfield's outer ring. 2018/03/20 Where:
John Lewis White City, Westfield London Shopping Centre, Ariel Way London, W12 7FU
Category: Department Stores

John Lewis White City, Westfield Shopping Centre, Ariel Way, London, W12 7FU

Tube: Wood Lane Station, White City Station, Latimer Road Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco PhotographyQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von SternbergOwner and Sommelier Ed Thaw
The 33 million pound John Lewis store is a big draw at Westfield London's 600 million pound extension, opening on 20th March 2018. As well as housing 1,000 brands in fashion, beauty, home and technology the four floor J ohn Lewis White City department store is home to 23 service, including its 'experience desk' to guide shoppers around the store, a 'discovery room' where customers can learn new skills such as cooking and crafts, a spa and an in-house optician. Occupying 230,000 square feet, the department store takes up almost one third of the extension and is one of 90 shops, bringing the total store count to 450 at the Westfield's west London site . The John Lewis store - its 50th in the UK - is one of five big stores, along with Next, House of Fraser, Debenhams and Marks & Spencer, around Westfield's outer ring.
 
 
 

Brat

Opened 17th March 2018

Brat Opened 17th March 2018 Tomos Parry, formerly of Kitty Fisher's , has named his first solo restaurant, Brat , after a colloquial term for 'turbot'. On Redchurch Street in Shoreditch, the restaurant draws on Tomos's Welsh heritage and his experiences visiting Getaria, a coastal town in the Basque country, well known for its barbecues. Using seasonal British produce, fresh ingredients are cooked on an open fire wood grill resulting in a menu of cedar wood sea trout, slow grilled red mullet, turbot and a dish loosely based on the Welsh cawl - offal hot pot served with laverbread and potatoes. An approachable wine list is by Keeling Andrew & Co, the wine import company set up by the founders of Noble Rot with wines from old cellars and sherry. Enter the first-floor restaurant via the original 1930s stairwell to the upstairs dining room, which retains many original features including art deco wood panelling and large steel frame windows. 2018/03/17 Where:
Brat, Redchurch Street London, E1 6JJ
Category:

Brat, Redchurch Street, London, E1 6JJ

Tube: Old Street Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco PhotographyQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von SternbergOwner and Sommelier Ed ThawTomos Parry
Tomos Parry, formerly of Kitty Fisher's , has named his first solo restaurant, Brat , after a colloquial term for 'turbot'. On Redchurch Street in Shoreditch, the restaurant draws on Tomos's Welsh heritage and his experiences visiting Getaria, a coastal town in the Basque country, well known for its barbecues. Using seasonal British produce, fresh ingredients are cooked on an open fire wood grill resulting in a menu of cedar wood sea trout, slow grilled red mullet, turbot and a dish loosely based on the Welsh cawl - offal hot pot served with laverbread and potatoes. An approachable wine list is by Keeling Andrew & Co, the wine import company set up by the founders of Noble Rot with wines from old cellars and sherry. Enter the first-floor restaurant via the original 1930s stairwell to the upstairs dining room, which retains many original features including art deco wood panelling and large steel frame windows.
 
 
 

Cinnamon Kitchen Battersea

Opened March 2018

Cinnamon Kitchen Battersea Opened March 2018 Located next to the famous Grade II listed Battersea Power Station, Vivek Singh's Cinnamon Kitchen Battersea adds another outlet to The Cinnamon Collection's restaurants in London - joining the well-established Cinnamon Kitchen in the City and the renowned Cinnamon Club in Westminster - and comes hot on the heels of a new restaurant in Oxford. Housed in a brick railway arch, the attractive south London restaurant stylishly juxtaposes industrial elements such as exposed piping and a metal cage mezzanine with plush touches like velvet jade green chairs and a sweeping marble bar. At the rear, a huge open kitchen is where the action happens with a team of chefs conjuring up a menu of dishes in line with Vivek's experimental brand. To start, the Bombay street food selection provides a flavoursome introduction with an exciting trio of tapioca cake, chilli coated paneer and vada pao - a fried potato cake sandwich - and for main the tandoori chilli chicken korma successfully elevates a typically simple dish. Another highlight is the clove smoked lamb rump with a fennel and nutmeg sauce while the pink aubergine with sesame, tamarind and peanut crumble is just one of the tempting vegetarian options. At the bar, spice-infused craft cocktails come from a menu created by legendary mixologist, Tony Conigliaro. 2018/03/15 Where:
Cinnamon Kitchen Battersea, 4 Arches Lane, Battersea Power Station London, SW11 8AB
Category: Indian/South Asian Cuisine

Cinnamon Kitchen Battersea, 4 Arches Lane, Battersea Power Station, London, SW11 8AB

Tube: Pimlico Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco PhotographyQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von SternbergOwner and Sommelier Ed ThawTomos Parry
Located next to the famous Grade II listed Battersea Power Station, Vivek Singh's Cinnamon Kitchen Battersea adds another outlet to The Cinnamon Collection's restaurants in London - joining the well-established Cinnamon Kitchen in the City and the renowned Cinnamon Club in Westminster - and comes hot on the heels of a new restaurant in Oxford. Housed in a brick railway arch, the attractive south London restaurant stylishly juxtaposes industrial elements such as exposed piping and a metal cage mezzanine with plush touches like velvet jade green chairs and a sweeping marble bar. At the rear, a huge open kitchen is where the action happens with a team of chefs conjuring up a menu of dishes in line with Vivek's experimental brand. To start, the Bombay street food selection provides a flavoursome introduction with an exciting trio of tapioca cake, chilli coated paneer and vada pao - a fried potato cake sandwich - and for main the tandoori chilli chicken korma successfully elevates a typically simple dish. Another highlight is the clove smoked lamb rump with a fennel and nutmeg sauce while the pink aubergine with sesame, tamarind and peanut crumble is just one of the tempting vegetarian options. At the bar, spice-infused craft cocktails come from a menu created by legendary mixologist, Tony Conigliaro.
 
 
 

Mr White's English Chophouse

Opened March 2018

Mr White's English Chophouse Opened March 2018 Marco Pierre White brings a contemporary take on the chophouse to New Road Hotel in Whitechapel. Updating the chophouses which first emerged in London in the 1960s for the modern day, Mr. White's serves succulent joints of meat in a cool, stylish setting. The menu combines English classics with a little French flair - the kind of cooking style MPW is well known for - and centres on steaks, grills and chops. Don't miss the Beef Wellington with red wine sauce and roast saddle of lamb with mustard and chives (both dishes serve two people). Signature dishes also include 10oz rib and sirloin steaks with triple cooked chips, and The Chophouse prime 6oz burger. 2018/03/15 Where:
Mr White's English Chophouse, New Road Hotel, 103-107 New Road London, E1 1HJ
Category: British Cuisine

Mr White's English Chophouse, New Road Hotel, 103-107 New Road, London, E1 1HJ

Tube: Whitechapel Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco PhotographyQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von SternbergOwner and Sommelier Ed ThawTomos Parry
Marco Pierre White brings a contemporary take on the chophouse to New Road Hotel in Whitechapel. Updating the chophouses which first emerged in London in the 1960s for the modern day, Mr. White's serves succulent joints of meat in a cool, stylish setting. The menu combines English classics with a little French flair - the kind of cooking style MPW is well known for - and centres on steaks, grills and chops. Don't miss the Beef Wellington with red wine sauce and roast saddle of lamb with mustard and chives (both dishes serve two people). Signature dishes also include 10oz rib and sirloin steaks with triple cooked chips, and The Chophouse prime 6oz burger.
 
 
 
 

Osh

Opened 15th March 2018

Osh Opened 15th March 2018 Inspired by the flavours of the Middle East and Eastern Europe, Osh , a restaurant and bar on fashionable Beauchamp Place , takes over a three-story townhouse in Knightsbridge. Uzbek grilled dishes are a delicacy at this stylish restaurant. Signature dishes include aromatic lamb plov, succulent charred shashlik, traditional Uzbek lagman soup, and freshly baked hand rolled flatbread. More than that, the menu also has a meat-free and vegan options as well as seasonal specialities made with organic fruits and vegetables imported twice a week from Uzbekistan. In the restaurant, the tables are overlooked by the azure tiled Kyrzyk themed kitchen. The bar has an impressive selection of cocktails and ethnic-inspired aperitifs while the private lounge upstairs has a collection of the world's finest spirits. 2018/03/15 Where:
Osh, 14-15 Beauchamp Place London, SW3 1NQ
Category: Middle Eastern Cuisine

Osh, 14-15 Beauchamp Place, London, SW3 1NQ

Tube: Knightsbridge Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco PhotographyQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von SternbergOwner and Sommelier Ed ThawTomos ParryCrispy aubergine soft cheese and coriander dressing
Inspired by the flavours of the Middle East and Eastern Europe, Osh , a restaurant and bar on fashionable Beauchamp Place , takes over a three-story townhouse in Knightsbridge. Uzbek grilled dishes are a delicacy at this stylish restaurant. Signature dishes include aromatic lamb plov, succulent charred shashlik, traditional Uzbek lagman soup, and freshly baked hand rolled flatbread. More than that, the menu also has a meat-free and vegan options as well as seasonal specialities made with organic fruits and vegetables imported twice a week from Uzbekistan. In the restaurant, the tables are overlooked by the azure tiled Kyrzyk themed kitchen. The bar has an impressive selection of cocktails and ethnic-inspired aperitifs while the private lounge upstairs has a collection of the world's finest spirits.
 
 
 

George's Bar

Opened 14th March 2018

George's Bar Opened 14th March 2018 Following a major redesign, the bar within The Gilbert Scott restaurant reopened as George's Bar in early 2018. Marcus Wareing's latest tribute to the building's original architect, Sir George Gilbert Scott, the bar sees the chef work in conjunction with David Collins Studio to transform the 19th century surroundings. Keeping the architect's original palette in mind, the new design is a more informal affair that takes inspiration from European grand cafes. A two Michelin-starred chef, Marcus Wareing certainly understands ingredients, and working with bar manager, Dav Eames, he presents an exciting new menu inspired by chefs to celebrate the seasons. The menu offers a rotating cocktail of the month, with each one having a story to tell and its own history. The launch cocktail is the Bee Keeper, made with lavender infused Bombay Sapphire gin, Melfort Farm honey, sloe gin, lemon, hibiscus and elderflower. 2018/03/14 Where:
George's Bar, St Pancras Renaissance Hotel, Euston Road London, NW1 2AR
Category: Bars

George's Bar, St Pancras Renaissance Hotel, Euston Road, London, NW1 2AR

Tube: King's Cross Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco PhotographyQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von SternbergOwner and Sommelier Ed ThawTomos ParryCrispy aubergine soft cheese and coriander dressing
Following a major redesign, the bar within The Gilbert Scott restaurant reopened as George's Bar in early 2018. Marcus Wareing's latest tribute to the building's original architect, Sir George Gilbert Scott, the bar sees the chef work in conjunction with David Collins Studio to transform the 19th century surroundings. Keeping the architect's original palette in mind, the new design is a more informal affair that takes inspiration from European grand cafes. A two Michelin-starred chef, Marcus Wareing certainly understands ingredients, and working with bar manager, Dav Eames, he presents an exciting new menu inspired by chefs to celebrate the seasons. The menu offers a rotating cocktail of the month, with each one having a story to tell and its own history. The launch cocktail is the Bee Keeper, made with lavender infused Bombay Sapphire gin, Melfort Farm honey, sloe gin, lemon, hibiscus and elderflower.
 
 
 

The Vurger Co

Opened 12th March 2018

The Vurger Co Opened 12th March 2018 After a number of well-received pop-ups both at festivals and throughout London, along with an incredibly successful crowdfunding campaign, The Vurger Co has its first permanent fixture in Shoreditch. Offering burgers as they should be - fresh but indulgent - the vegan junk food pioneers serve their full menu at the 30-seat restaurant including their best-selling Tabasco Auburger, made from aubergines, chickpeas, red onion and vegan cheese, as well as their famous mac'n'cheese and shakes. Other soul satisfying highlights from the menu will include the mouth-watering Classic, the Mexican and the MLT, made with baked mushrooms and rocket and topped with walnut and sundried tomato paste. 2018/03/12 Where:
The Vurger Co, Unit 9, Avant Garde, Richmix Square London, E1 6LD
Category:

The Vurger Co, Unit 9, Avant Garde, Richmix Square, London, E1 6LD

Tube: Aldgate East Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco PhotographyQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von SternbergOwner and Sommelier Ed ThawTomos ParryCrispy aubergine soft cheese and coriander dressing
After a number of well-received pop-ups both at festivals and throughout London, along with an incredibly successful crowdfunding campaign, The Vurger Co has its first permanent fixture in Shoreditch. Offering burgers as they should be - fresh but indulgent - the vegan junk food pioneers serve their full menu at the 30-seat restaurant including their best-selling Tabasco Auburger, made from aubergines, chickpeas, red onion and vegan cheese, as well as their famous mac'n'cheese and shakes. Other soul satisfying highlights from the menu will include the mouth-watering Classic, the Mexican and the MLT, made with baked mushrooms and rocket and topped with walnut and sundried tomato paste.
 
 
 

Yard Sale Pizza Leytonstone

Opened 12th March 2018

Yard Sale Pizza Leytonstone Opened 12th March 2018 Yard Sale Pizza , winner of 'Best Cheap Eats' in the Observer Food Monthly Awards 2017, lands in Leytonstone for its fourth opening, in March 2018. Having built up a loyal following over the previous three years from its Clapton , Finsbury Park , and Walthamstow shops, Yard Sale is known for its award-winning pizzas, handmade from double fermented dough. They come in 12" or super-size 18" in the signature 'Holy Pepperoni' with Cobble Lane pepperoni, Napoli piccante and crumbled Nduja sausage or the equally popular 'TSB' - tender stem broccoli, parmesan, pine nuts, garlic and olive oil. Once topped, pizzas are then stone baked in the Gozney pizza oven to get their perfect bubbly crusts . Homemade dips, salads, sides - like cheese and marmite garlic bread - as well as Nonna's gelato, local London beers, Borough Wines, and soft drinks complete the menu lineup for Leytonstone. Two rows of t ables topped with recycled chopping boards offer seating inside - where the walls will be adorned with custom neon signage - and there are outdoor tables for summertime slices and cold beers. 2018/03/12 Where:
Yard Sale Pizza Leytonstone, 622 High Road London, E11 3BZ
Category: Italian Cuisine

Yard Sale Pizza Leytonstone, 622 High Road, London, E11 3BZ

Tube: Leytonstone Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco PhotographyQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von SternbergOwner and Sommelier Ed ThawTomos ParryCrispy aubergine soft cheese and coriander dressing
Yard Sale Pizza , winner of 'Best Cheap Eats' in the Observer Food Monthly Awards 2017, lands in Leytonstone for its fourth opening, in March 2018. Having built up a loyal following over the previous three years from its Clapton , Finsbury Park , and Walthamstow shops, Yard Sale is known for its award-winning pizzas, handmade from double fermented dough. They come in 12" or super-size 18" in the signature 'Holy Pepperoni' with Cobble Lane pepperoni, Napoli piccante and crumbled Nduja sausage or the equally popular 'TSB' - tender stem broccoli, parmesan, pine nuts, garlic and olive oil. Once topped, pizzas are then stone baked in the Gozney pizza oven to get their perfect bubbly crusts . Homemade dips, salads, sides - like cheese and marmite garlic bread - as well as Nonna's gelato, local London beers, Borough Wines, and soft drinks complete the menu lineup for Leytonstone. Two rows of t ables topped with recycled chopping boards offer seating inside - where the walls will be adorned with custom neon signage - and there are outdoor tables for summertime slices and cold beers.
 
 
 

Many Hands

Opened 9th March 2018

Many Hands Opened 9th March 2018 Home to 150 unique studios varying in size, Many Hands is a creative hub housing work space for startups, creators and artists in Bermondsey, south east London. Taking over Block F of The Biscuit Factory, companies setting up shop here work alongside 20 music studios, sharing a self-sufficient co-working environment which encourages collaboration. Many Hands also has on-site hot-desks, open work hubs, private meeting rooms and 24 hour access. On site professional printing, fibre optic broadband, exercise classes, art installations and a programme of talks and music make this a welcoming place to work. Non-residents can also make use of the massive rooftop areas, performance spaces and bar/cafe areas with spectacular views of the city skyline. 2018/03/09 Where:
Many Hands, Block F, The Biscuit Factory, 100 Clements Road London, SE16 4DG
Category:

Many Hands, Block F, The Biscuit Factory, 100 Clements Road, London, SE16 4DG

Tube: Bermondsey Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco PhotographyQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von SternbergOwner and Sommelier Ed ThawTomos ParryCrispy aubergine soft cheese and coriander dressing
Home to 150 unique studios varying in size, Many Hands is a creative hub housing work space for startups, creators and artists in Bermondsey, south east London. Taking over Block F of The Biscuit Factory, companies setting up shop here work alongside 20 music studios, sharing a self-sufficient co-working environment which encourages collaboration. Many Hands also has on-site hot-desks, open work hubs, private meeting rooms and 24 hour access. On site professional printing, fibre optic broadband, exercise classes, art installations and a programme of talks and music make this a welcoming place to work. Non-residents can also make use of the massive rooftop areas, performance spaces and bar/cafe areas with spectacular views of the city skyline.
 
 
 
 

Bryn Williams at Somerset House

Opened 5th March 2018

Bryn Williams at Somerset House Opened 5th March 2018 Ten years after celebrated Welsh chef Bryn Williams opened Odette's in Primrose Hill, he launched his second restaurant. Situated within Somerset House, Bryn Williams at Somerset House offers modern British dining, serving seasonal dishes and small plates of colourful dishes like rainbow carrots, hand-dived scallop and pickled mooli with raw apple and Cumbrian beef - a nod to Bryn's home country. Fruit and vegetables take centre stage in dishes like grilled cauliflower served with soft polenta and there are veg-centric salads with charred chicory, sour onions, smoked ricotta and rapeseed oil dressing. Fish dishes like scorched Cornish mackerel appear under 'seasonal mains' and, for afters, choose from fruit-heavy desserts include bay leaf panna cotta, blackberry and lime curd or poached rhubarb and blood orange trifle. Heard the name before? Bryn Williams was working under the likes of Marco Pierre White and Michel Roux before he shot to fame when he was chosen to cook the fish course for the Queen's 80th birthday celebrations on the BBC's Great British Menu. Bryn Williams at Somerset House adds to the dining options at Somerset House along with Fernandez & Wells, Hej coffee shop, Pennethorne's Cafe and Bar and Spring by Skye Gyngell. 2018/03/05 Where:
Bryn Williams at Somerset House, Somerset House, Strand London, WC2R 1LA
Category: British Cuisine

Bryn Williams at Somerset House, Somerset House, Strand, London, WC2R 1LA

Tube: Temple Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco PhotographyQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von SternbergOwner and Sommelier Ed ThawTomos ParryCrispy aubergine soft cheese and coriander dressingChef Bryn Williams at Somerset House, photo: Steven Joyce
Ten years after celebrated Welsh chef Bryn Williams opened Odette's in Primrose Hill, he launched his second restaurant. Situated within Somerset House, Bryn Williams at Somerset House offers modern British dining, serving seasonal dishes and small plates of colourful dishes like rainbow carrots, hand-dived scallop and pickled mooli with raw apple and Cumbrian beef - a nod to Bryn's home country. Fruit and vegetables take centre stage in dishes like grilled cauliflower served with soft polenta and there are veg-centric salads with charred chicory, sour onions, smoked ricotta and rapeseed oil dressing. Fish dishes like scorched Cornish mackerel appear under 'seasonal mains' and, for afters, choose from fruit-heavy desserts include bay leaf panna cotta, blackberry and lime curd or poached rhubarb and blood orange trifle. Heard the name before? Bryn Williams was working under the likes of Marco Pierre White and Michel Roux before he shot to fame when he was chosen to cook the fish course for the Queen's 80th birthday celebrations on the BBC's Great British Menu. Bryn Williams at Somerset House adds to the dining options at Somerset House along with Fernandez & Wells, Hej coffee shop, Pennethorne's Cafe and Bar and Spring by Skye Gyngell.
 
 
 

Scully

Opened 1st March 2018

Scully Opened 1st March 2018 Ramael Scully, former head chef of Ottolenghi's Nopi, opened his first restaurant in St James's Market in spring 2018 with the blessings of his former boss. "H is kitchen is an exciting and unexpected place to be", says Yotam Ottolenghi. From a childhood in Malaysia to the kitchens in Sydney where he trained, to his travels in the Middle East, Russia and Europe, Scully's worldwide travels have influenced dishes like beetroot jerky served with green cardamom corn biscuit and bergamot cream grill octopus. The open kitchen is central to the restaurant which has a large sharing table, a counter-dining area with bar stalls and banquette seating. Everything is on show. From food prep to the brightly coloured jars of homemade pickles, syrups, shrubs, preserves, fermented fruit and vegetables. So sit up and enjoy the show. 2018/03/01 Where:
Scully, 4 St James's Market London, SW1Y 4QQ
Category:

Scully, 4 St James's Market, London, SW1Y 4QQ

Tube: Piccadilly Circus Station, Leicester Square Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco PhotographyQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von SternbergOwner and Sommelier Ed ThawTomos ParryCrispy aubergine soft cheese and coriander dressingChef Bryn Williams at Somerset House, photo: Steven Joyce
Ramael Scully, former head chef of Ottolenghi's Nopi, opened his first restaurant in St James's Market in spring 2018 with the blessings of his former boss. "H is kitchen is an exciting and unexpected place to be", says Yotam Ottolenghi. From a childhood in Malaysia to the kitchens in Sydney where he trained, to his travels in the Middle East, Russia and Europe, Scully's worldwide travels have influenced dishes like beetroot jerky served with green cardamom corn biscuit and bergamot cream grill octopus. The open kitchen is central to the restaurant which has a large sharing table, a counter-dining area with bar stalls and banquette seating. Everything is on show. From food prep to the brightly coloured jars of homemade pickles, syrups, shrubs, preserves, fermented fruit and vegetables. So sit up and enjoy the show.
 
 
 

Daddy Bao

Opened 16th February 2018

Daddy Bao Opened 16th February 2018 Serving pillowy bao buns, crunchy fried chicken and Taiwanese snacks, Daddy Bao is the second site from the team who brought you Mr Bao in Peckham . As well as the classic Mr Bao - slow braised Flock & Herd pork, pickles and peanut powder packed into a milky white bun - you'll find the Drunken Prawn Bao, a classic bun stuffed with beer-marinated prawns, pickled mooli and spiced spring onion. What's more, there are milk-free bao buns specially for vegans, filled with teriyaki shitake mushroom, miso mayo and crispy shallots. Taiwanese fried chicken, snow peas with a spicy soy glaze and Shen Jiang Bao dumpling soup are served in a dining room decorated with Mandarin characters, hand painted on the walls, while the large open kitchen lets you watch the chefs at work. 2018/02/16 Where:
Daddy Bao, 113 Mitcham Road London, SW17 9PE
Category: Chinese Cuisine

Daddy Bao, 113 Mitcham Road, London, SW17 9PE

Tube: Tooting Broadway Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco PhotographyQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von SternbergOwner and Sommelier Ed ThawTomos ParryCrispy aubergine soft cheese and coriander dressingChef Bryn Williams at Somerset House, photo: Steven Joyce
Serving pillowy bao buns, crunchy fried chicken and Taiwanese snacks, Daddy Bao is the second site from the team who brought you Mr Bao in Peckham . As well as the classic Mr Bao - slow braised Flock & Herd pork, pickles and peanut powder packed into a milky white bun - you'll find the Drunken Prawn Bao, a classic bun stuffed with beer-marinated prawns, pickled mooli and spiced spring onion. What's more, there are milk-free bao buns specially for vegans, filled with teriyaki shitake mushroom, miso mayo and crispy shallots. Taiwanese fried chicken, snow peas with a spicy soy glaze and Shen Jiang Bao dumpling soup are served in a dining room decorated with Mandarin characters, hand painted on the walls, while the large open kitchen lets you watch the chefs at work.
 
 
 

Butterscotch Tea Room

Opened 15th February 2018

Butterscotch Tea Room Opened 15th February 2018 Reviving the great British tradition of afternoon tea in town, but putting a modern spin on it, American cake expert Bea Vo (who gave us Bea's of Bloomsbury) brings cocktails, a slice of cake or the full blown affair to the Butterscotch Tea Room on James Street. The two floor cafe comes with a ground floor dotted with footstools and window bench seating. Upstairs is the pretty tea room, adorned with white marble tables, a hand-made paper flower wall feature, accentuated by copper and rose gold tones, and desserts like deconstructed banoffee pie suspended from the ceiling. Not just for afternoons, early risers can start the day with smashed avocado on toast and toasted crumpets while evenings bring jasmine tea, Bakewell Fizz Prosecco cocktails, charcuterie, cheese plates and crostini. 2018/02/15 Where:
Butterscotch Tea Room, 56 James Street London, W1U 1HF
Category: Bars

Butterscotch Tea Room, 56 James Street, London, W1U 1HF

Tube: Bond Street Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco PhotographyQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von SternbergOwner and Sommelier Ed ThawTomos ParryCrispy aubergine soft cheese and coriander dressingChef Bryn Williams at Somerset House, photo: Steven JoyceTearoom stairs
Reviving the great British tradition of afternoon tea in town, but putting a modern spin on it, American cake expert Bea Vo (who gave us Bea's of Bloomsbury) brings cocktails, a slice of cake or the full blown affair to the Butterscotch Tea Room on James Street. The two floor cafe comes with a ground floor dotted with footstools and window bench seating. Upstairs is the pretty tea room, adorned with white marble tables, a hand-made paper flower wall feature, accentuated by copper and rose gold tones, and desserts like deconstructed banoffee pie suspended from the ceiling. Not just for afternoons, early risers can start the day with smashed avocado on toast and toasted crumpets while evenings bring jasmine tea, Bakewell Fizz Prosecco cocktails, charcuterie, cheese plates and crostini.
 
 
 

Jidori

Opened February 2018

Jidori Opened February 2018 The team behind Jidori, the much-loved yakitori restaurant in Dalston comes to Covent Garden. Taking up residence across multiple floors of a terraced house on Catherine Street, the second restaurant builds on the success of the first, offering an extended menu of yakitori, small plates and daily specials. But for the most memorable night, head to the lower ground floor for the private karaoke booth, available for hire for groups up to 12. Head Chef Shunta Matsubara moves from Dalston to head up the kitchen, manning the bespoke yakitori grill and recreating the popular 'specials board' which sits alongside traditional yakitori. Try popular dishes like Tsukune (minced chicken with egg yolk) and katsu curry scotch egg, okra-nomiyaki as well as ginger ice cream with miso caramel and sweet potato crisps. Owners Natalie Lee-Joe & Brett Redman (also behind Michelin Gourmand Bib restaurant Elliot's) worked with architect Giles Reid to create a clean, wood accented aesthetic, complemented by pastel details. 2018/02/15 Where:
Jidori, 15 Catherine Street London, WC2B 5JZ
Category: Japanese Cuisine

Jidori, 15 Catherine Street, London, WC2B 5JZ

Tube: Covent Garden Station, Temple Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco PhotographyQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von SternbergOwner and Sommelier Ed ThawTomos ParryCrispy aubergine soft cheese and coriander dressingChef Bryn Williams at Somerset House, photo: Steven JoyceTearoom stairs
The team behind Jidori, the much-loved yakitori restaurant in Dalston comes to Covent Garden. Taking up residence across multiple floors of a terraced house on Catherine Street, the second restaurant builds on the success of the first, offering an extended menu of yakitori, small plates and daily specials. But for the most memorable night, head to the lower ground floor for the private karaoke booth, available for hire for groups up to 12. Head Chef Shunta Matsubara moves from Dalston to head up the kitchen, manning the bespoke yakitori grill and recreating the popular 'specials board' which sits alongside traditional yakitori. Try popular dishes like Tsukune (minced chicken with egg yolk) and katsu curry scotch egg, okra-nomiyaki as well as ginger ice cream with miso caramel and sweet potato crisps. Owners Natalie Lee-Joe & Brett Redman (also behind Michelin Gourmand Bib restaurant Elliot's) worked with architect Giles Reid to create a clean, wood accented aesthetic, complemented by pastel details.
 
 
 
 

Popina

Opened 15th February 2018

Popina Opened 15th February 2018 In the heart of Mayfair, Popina is a daytime cafe and delicatessen from Isidora Popovic, a familiar trader at more than 20 farmers' markets across London, from Portobello to Broadway Market. If you've seen her at a London market you'll know all about her award-winning and critically acclaimed baked goods. At Popina, her first brick-and-mortar site, Popovic shares her favourite dishes via an all-day menu featuring granola, yoghurt and seasonal fruit compote, kedgeree, homemade stews and daily changing salads as well as her popular pastries, pies and cakes. 2018/02/15 Where:
Popina, 83 Duke Street London, W1K 5PF
Category: Cafes and Delis

Popina, 83 Duke Street, London, W1K 5PF

Tube: Bond Street Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco PhotographyQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von SternbergOwner and Sommelier Ed ThawTomos ParryCrispy aubergine soft cheese and coriander dressingChef Bryn Williams at Somerset House, photo: Steven JoyceTearoom stairs
In the heart of Mayfair, Popina is a daytime cafe and delicatessen from Isidora Popovic, a familiar trader at more than 20 farmers' markets across London, from Portobello to Broadway Market. If you've seen her at a London market you'll know all about her award-winning and critically acclaimed baked goods. At Popina, her first brick-and-mortar site, Popovic shares her favourite dishes via an all-day menu featuring granola, yoghurt and seasonal fruit compote, kedgeree, homemade stews and daily changing salads as well as her popular pastries, pies and cakes.
 
 
 

SMUK London

Opened 15th February 2018

SMUK London Opened 15th February 2018 Danish design meets beauty at SMUK London, the Eccleston Yards studio founded by hairstylist and make-up artist, Miabella Ristorp. Working backstage at the Burberry show during London Fashion Week and teaching at the Nicci Welsh Hair and Makeup Academy in Copenhagen, Miabella draws on the beauty expertise she has gathered throughout her career. The store itself is 1,400 square feet of beautifully designed space using and selling organic and sustainable products, where you can get everything from beauty treatments to massages. Become a member and you'll get the chance to take part in events and workshops from mindfulness classes to meditation breakfast clubs. 2018/02/15 Where:
SMUK London, 20-21 Eccleston Yards London, SW1W 9NF
Category: Health and Beauty

SMUK London, 20-21 Eccleston Yards, London, SW1W 9NF

Tube: Victoria Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco PhotographyQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von SternbergOwner and Sommelier Ed ThawTomos ParryCrispy aubergine soft cheese and coriander dressingChef Bryn Williams at Somerset House, photo: Steven JoyceTearoom stairs
Danish design meets beauty at SMUK London, the Eccleston Yards studio founded by hairstylist and make-up artist, Miabella Ristorp. Working backstage at the Burberry show during London Fashion Week and teaching at the Nicci Welsh Hair and Makeup Academy in Copenhagen, Miabella draws on the beauty expertise she has gathered throughout her career. The store itself is 1,400 square feet of beautifully designed space using and selling organic and sustainable products, where you can get everything from beauty treatments to massages. Become a member and you'll get the chance to take part in events and workshops from mindfulness classes to meditation breakfast clubs.
 
 
 

Evelyn's Table

Opened 14th February 2018

Evelyn's Table Opened 14th February 2018 In the former beer cellar of The Blue Posts on Rupert Street, Evelyn's Table is an intimate dining room from the people who gave us The Palomar. Accessed via a discreet doorway on Rupert Court and with just 11 seats at the kitchen bar, four at satellite tables, it's akin to a private dining experience, with chef Luke Robinson (who's come from the Corner Room, Town Hall Hotel and Bonnie Gull) in charge. The Southern European menu includes snacks and small plates of Jerusalem artichokes and salt cod beignet with taramasalata and almond. Larger plates present dishes of tagliatelle with black truffle butter and presa Iberica with padron pepper, followed by just one or two desserts and La Fromagerie cheeses. Open for dinner only, the good news is half the spaces are set aside for walk-ins. 2018/02/14 Where:
Evelyn's Table, Rupert Court, 28 Rupert Street London, W1D 6DJ
Category: Modern European Cuisine

Evelyn's Table, Rupert Court, 28 Rupert Street, London, W1D 6DJ

Tube: Piccadilly Circus Station, Leicester Square Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco PhotographyQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von SternbergOwner and Sommelier Ed ThawTomos ParryCrispy aubergine soft cheese and coriander dressingChef Bryn Williams at Somerset House, photo: Steven JoyceTearoom stairs
In the former beer cellar of The Blue Posts on Rupert Street, Evelyn's Table is an intimate dining room from the people who gave us The Palomar. Accessed via a discreet doorway on Rupert Court and with just 11 seats at the kitchen bar, four at satellite tables, it's akin to a private dining experience, with chef Luke Robinson (who's come from the Corner Room, Town Hall Hotel and Bonnie Gull) in charge. The Southern European menu includes snacks and small plates of Jerusalem artichokes and salt cod beignet with taramasalata and almond. Larger plates present dishes of tagliatelle with black truffle butter and presa Iberica with padron pepper, followed by just one or two desserts and La Fromagerie cheeses. Open for dinner only, the good news is half the spaces are set aside for walk-ins.
 
 
 

Feast Canteen

Opened 14th February 2018

Feast Canteen Opened 14th February 2018 The concrete brutalist Kings Mall shopping centre on Hammersmith high street gets a new lease of life with a stylish food court, Feast Canteen , as well as fitness studio Frame. From the people who gave us Pergola on the Roof and The Prince comes a modern day canteen with exposed wood, glass doors and four restaurant kiosks, offering a rotating choice of restaurants . Choose from Made of Dough, specialising in pizzas fermented for 48 hours so the dough is crunchy on the base, light on top, Breddos Tacos serving masa fried chicken and baja fish tacos in pairs, big burgers from Patty & Bun, Vietnamese food from Salvation in Noodles and Sinchow, serving new twists on a traditional rice paper roll. With free 350 seats and free Wi-Fi you can come with a crowd or use it as your office. It's also a Deliveroo hub so if you fancy a burger at 10pm, it's yours. 2018/02/14 Where:
Feast Canteen, Kings Mall, King Street London, W6 9HW
Category:

Feast Canteen, Kings Mall, King Street, London, W6 9HW

Tube: Hammersmith Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco PhotographyQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von SternbergOwner and Sommelier Ed ThawTomos ParryCrispy aubergine soft cheese and coriander dressingChef Bryn Williams at Somerset House, photo: Steven JoyceTearoom stairsFeast Canteen, photo: Pasco Photography
The concrete brutalist Kings Mall shopping centre on Hammersmith high street gets a new lease of life with a stylish food court, Feast Canteen , as well as fitness studio Frame. From the people who gave us Pergola on the Roof and The Prince comes a modern day canteen with exposed wood, glass doors and four restaurant kiosks, offering a rotating choice of restaurants . Choose from Made of Dough, specialising in pizzas fermented for 48 hours so the dough is crunchy on the base, light on top, Breddos Tacos serving masa fried chicken and baja fish tacos in pairs, big burgers from Patty & Bun, Vietnamese food from Salvation in Noodles and Sinchow, serving new twists on a traditional rice paper roll. With free 350 seats and free Wi-Fi you can come with a crowd or use it as your office. It's also a Deliveroo hub so if you fancy a burger at 10pm, it's yours.
 
 
 

Farm Girl Chelsea

Opened 5th February 2018

Farm Girl Chelsea Opened 5th February 2018 Three years after the huge success of Farm Girl's first site in Notting Hill (50,000 Instagram followers and counting), Farm Girl comes to Chelsea with its largest cafe to date, with room for 90 guests. Expect the kind of nutritious Australian-inspired menus that have made the pretty-in-pink place, founded by Rose Mann and Anthony Hood, instantly Instagrammable. Avo-on-toast type brunches and super lattes topped with rose petals are supplemented by new dinner choices like cod croquettes with a green herb sauce, and lamb gyro with roasted pistachio yoghurt. There's even a superfood cocktail bar. This addition to the Farm Girl family location just off the Fulham Road joins sister sites in Notting Hill and Soho and features pink marble tops, green leather seating and illustrated arches orchestrated by Beata Heuman, one of House & Garden's Top 100 leading interior designers. 2018/02/05 Where:
Farm Girl Chelsea, 9 Park Walk London, SW10 0AJ
Category: Cafes and Delis

Farm Girl Chelsea, 9 Park Walk, London, SW10 0AJ

Tube: Gloucester Road Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco PhotographyQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von SternbergOwner and Sommelier Ed ThawTomos ParryCrispy aubergine soft cheese and coriander dressingChef Bryn Williams at Somerset House, photo: Steven JoyceTearoom stairsFeast Canteen, photo: Pasco Photography
Three years after the huge success of Farm Girl's first site in Notting Hill (50,000 Instagram followers and counting), Farm Girl comes to Chelsea with its largest cafe to date, with room for 90 guests. Expect the kind of nutritious Australian-inspired menus that have made the pretty-in-pink place, founded by Rose Mann and Anthony Hood, instantly Instagrammable. Avo-on-toast type brunches and super lattes topped with rose petals are supplemented by new dinner choices like cod croquettes with a green herb sauce, and lamb gyro with roasted pistachio yoghurt. There's even a superfood cocktail bar. This addition to the Farm Girl family location just off the Fulham Road joins sister sites in Notting Hill and Soho and features pink marble tops, green leather seating and illustrated arches orchestrated by Beata Heuman, one of House & Garden's Top 100 leading interior designers.
 
 
 
 

Amber

Opened 31st January 2018

Amber Opened 31st January 2018 Tucked away behind the Curzon in Goodman's Fields, Amber is an all-day Middle Eastern and Mediterranean restaurant serving fresh, healthy salads, Pide (boat-shaped flatbread) and a daily changing hot tray bake. You get a warm welcome and a choice of cold salads like beetroot and goat's cheese, served against a backdrop of pale wood, concrete walls and hanging plants. Set up by Murat Kilic and Pierre Aprin, Amber gets its name from the ancient amber trade route which ran from the North and Baltic coasts to the Mediterranean Sea and these areas influence the cooking too. Miso glazed aubergine is a stand out dish among a choice of five salads, served as sides to mains of salmon and chicken chop. In the evening, the place has a completely different feel. The lights go down, the candles come out and glazed lamb shoulder and whole trout are among the more sophisticated main course options. The cooking is accomplished and you can even see the chefs at work in the open kitchen so rest assured it's all freshly made on the spot. Spot on. 2018/01/31 Where:
Amber, 21 Piazza Walk, Goodman's Fields London, E1 8QH
Category: Middle Eastern Cuisine

Amber, 21 Piazza Walk, Goodman's Fields, London, E1 8QH

Tube: Aldgate East Station, Aldgate East Underground Station, Aldgate Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco PhotographyQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von SternbergOwner and Sommelier Ed ThawTomos ParryCrispy aubergine soft cheese and coriander dressingChef Bryn Williams at Somerset House, photo: Steven JoyceTearoom stairsFeast Canteen, photo: Pasco Photography
Tucked away behind the Curzon in Goodman's Fields, Amber is an all-day Middle Eastern and Mediterranean restaurant serving fresh, healthy salads, Pide (boat-shaped flatbread) and a daily changing hot tray bake. You get a warm welcome and a choice of cold salads like beetroot and goat's cheese, served against a backdrop of pale wood, concrete walls and hanging plants. Set up by Murat Kilic and Pierre Aprin, Amber gets its name from the ancient amber trade route which ran from the North and Baltic coasts to the Mediterranean Sea and these areas influence the cooking too. Miso glazed aubergine is a stand out dish among a choice of five salads, served as sides to mains of salmon and chicken chop. In the evening, the place has a completely different feel. The lights go down, the candles come out and glazed lamb shoulder and whole trout are among the more sophisticated main course options. The cooking is accomplished and you can even see the chefs at work in the open kitchen so rest assured it's all freshly made on the spot. Spot on.
 
 
 

L'Ami Malo

Opened 29th January 2018

L'Ami Malo Opened 29th January 2018 Near Spitalfields Market, on Artillery Passage, L'Ami Malo combines a chic creperie with a French speakeasy bar. With vintage French linen, wooden barstools, rustic tableware and marble-topped tables, the place has a warm but stripped-back feel. A modern interpretation of a classic creperie, French owners Emilien Lesourd and Vincent Couvreur, along with Breton-born head chef Williams Guillemot, upgrade the humble galette by using buckwheat - known for its healthy, gluten-free properties. As well as tried and tested favourites - pancakes topped with confit duck leg, sausage or smoked ham - savoury galettes are given an Asian twist, delivered in 'maki'-style rolls, with Bayonne ham with Comté cheese, tomato tartare, hazelnuts and spinach as well as smoked salmon and avocado. Sweet crepes are, naturally, on the menu too, from classic lemon and sugar to apple compote, butter sauce and salted caramel. Tucked away at the back of the restaurant and with its own entrance is Le Moulin, with calvados cocktails and craft ciders from Brittany and Normandy a speciality at the bar. 2018/01/29 Where:
L'Ami Malo, 14 Artillery Passage London, E1 7LJ
Category:

L'Ami Malo, 14 Artillery Passage, London, E1 7LJ

Tube: Liverpool Street Station, Aldgate Station, Aldgate East Underground Station, Aldgate East Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco PhotographyQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von SternbergOwner and Sommelier Ed ThawTomos ParryCrispy aubergine soft cheese and coriander dressingChef Bryn Williams at Somerset House, photo: Steven JoyceTearoom stairsFeast Canteen, photo: Pasco Photography
Near Spitalfields Market, on Artillery Passage, L'Ami Malo combines a chic creperie with a French speakeasy bar. With vintage French linen, wooden barstools, rustic tableware and marble-topped tables, the place has a warm but stripped-back feel. A modern interpretation of a classic creperie, French owners Emilien Lesourd and Vincent Couvreur, along with Breton-born head chef Williams Guillemot, upgrade the humble galette by using buckwheat - known for its healthy, gluten-free properties. As well as tried and tested favourites - pancakes topped with confit duck leg, sausage or smoked ham - savoury galettes are given an Asian twist, delivered in 'maki'-style rolls, with Bayonne ham with Comté cheese, tomato tartare, hazelnuts and spinach as well as smoked salmon and avocado. Sweet crepes are, naturally, on the menu too, from classic lemon and sugar to apple compote, butter sauce and salted caramel. Tucked away at the back of the restaurant and with its own entrance is Le Moulin, with calvados cocktails and craft ciders from Brittany and Normandy a speciality at the bar.
 
 
 

Frame Hammersmith

Opened 26th January 2018

Frame Hammersmith Opened 26th January 2018 Putting the fun into fitness, Frame puts you through your paces with mini-trampolines and dance classes under a disco ball but they also offer more serious workouts like power yoga and reformer pilates. It all started in 2009 in Shoreditch when Pip Black and Joan Murphy opened the first Frame fitness studio aiming to create a more positive approach to health and fitness. Nine years on and their Frame family is growing with two new studios added in January 2018, in Hammersmith and Fitrovia, bringing the total to six Frame studios in the city. Unlike a regular gym membership you're not tied into a contract and it's all about the classes which vary from sweat inducing cardio to 'ass and abs' toning plus they're all available as drop in and pay-as-you-go. The varied timetable means you can get a Frame Card and can rock up at a time that suits whatever your job, lifestyle or plans for the day. Sign up for membership and you can work out at any Frame studio - in Shoreditch, Queens Park, Kings Cross, Victoria, Hammersmith or Fitzrovia. 2018/01/26 Where:
Frame Hammersmith, Kings Mall, King Street London, W6 0PZ
Category:

Frame Hammersmith, Kings Mall, King Street, London, W6 0PZ

Tube: Hammersmith Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco PhotographyQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von SternbergOwner and Sommelier Ed ThawTomos ParryCrispy aubergine soft cheese and coriander dressingChef Bryn Williams at Somerset House, photo: Steven JoyceTearoom stairsFeast Canteen, photo: Pasco Photography
Putting the fun into fitness, Frame puts you through your paces with mini-trampolines and dance classes under a disco ball but they also offer more serious workouts like power yoga and reformer pilates. It all started in 2009 in Shoreditch when Pip Black and Joan Murphy opened the first Frame fitness studio aiming to create a more positive approach to health and fitness. Nine years on and their Frame family is growing with two new studios added in January 2018, in Hammersmith and Fitrovia, bringing the total to six Frame studios in the city. Unlike a regular gym membership you're not tied into a contract and it's all about the classes which vary from sweat inducing cardio to 'ass and abs' toning plus they're all available as drop in and pay-as-you-go. The varied timetable means you can get a Frame Card and can rock up at a time that suits whatever your job, lifestyle or plans for the day. Sign up for membership and you can work out at any Frame studio - in Shoreditch, Queens Park, Kings Cross, Victoria, Hammersmith or Fitzrovia.
 
 
 

The Coach, Clerkenwell

Opened 20th January 2018

The Coach, Clerkenwell Opened 20th January 2018 A landmark public house in Clerkenwell since 1790, The Coach has been given a new lease of life in January 2018 with a refurb, the result of an exciting collaboration between chef Henry Harris (formerly of Racine ) and James McCulloch ( The Harcourt and Three Cranes). Henry's signature blend of French and British cuisine is evident in a menu that covers breakfast to dinner via lunch and bar snacks. The pub's renovation pays tribute to its Dickensian heritage as well as the neighbourhood's reputation as a creative hub. Floor to ceiling glass floods the space with light, while the 'bear garden' - once used for animal fights - is festooned with lights and arched mirrors covered by ivy and shrubbery. That's not all, the team is also turning Maida Vale's Truscott Arms into the Hero of Maida and taking on Three Cranes in the City. 2018/01/20 Where:
The Coach, Clerkenwell, 26-28 Ray Street London, EC1R 3DJ
Category: Gastropub

The Coach, Clerkenwell, 26-28 Ray Street, London, EC1R 3DJ

Tube: Farringdon Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco PhotographyQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von SternbergOwner and Sommelier Ed ThawTomos ParryCrispy aubergine soft cheese and coriander dressingChef Bryn Williams at Somerset House, photo: Steven JoyceTearoom stairsFeast Canteen, photo: Pasco Photography
A landmark public house in Clerkenwell since 1790, The Coach has been given a new lease of life in January 2018 with a refurb, the result of an exciting collaboration between chef Henry Harris (formerly of Racine ) and James McCulloch ( The Harcourt and Three Cranes). Henry's signature blend of French and British cuisine is evident in a menu that covers breakfast to dinner via lunch and bar snacks. The pub's renovation pays tribute to its Dickensian heritage as well as the neighbourhood's reputation as a creative hub. Floor to ceiling glass floods the space with light, while the 'bear garden' - once used for animal fights - is festooned with lights and arched mirrors covered by ivy and shrubbery. That's not all, the team is also turning Maida Vale's Truscott Arms into the Hero of Maida and taking on Three Cranes in the City.
 
 
 

Frame Fitzrovia

Opened 18th January 2018

Frame Fitzrovia Opened 18th January 2018 Drop in and pay-as-you-go, Frame offers flexibility and fun workouts, from sweat drenched cardio to mindful meditation. Doing the gym differently, Frame puts you through your paces with mini-trampolines and dance classes to Madonna songs. This studio in Fitzrovia - the largest site to date with five studios for Reformer Pilates, Boxtrain and yoga - brings the total number of Frames around town to six. Pip Black and Joan Murphy opened the first one in Shoreditch in 2009 and nine years later their Frame family has grown with funky Frame studios in Shoreditch, Queens Park, Kings Cross, Victoria and Hammersmith as well as Fitzrovia. The beauty here is you don't have to sign up to a year-long contract and the classes fun so you'll actually want to go. The varied timetable means you can find a class at a time that suits no matter what your working hours or schedule is like. 2018/01/18 Where:
Frame Fitzrovia, 25-33 Berners Street London, W1T 3LR
Category:

Frame Fitzrovia, 25-33 Berners Street, London, W1T 3LR

Tube: Goodge Street Station, Tottenham Court Road Station, Oxford Circus Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco PhotographyQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von SternbergOwner and Sommelier Ed ThawTomos ParryCrispy aubergine soft cheese and coriander dressingChef Bryn Williams at Somerset House, photo: Steven JoyceTearoom stairsFeast Canteen, photo: Pasco Photography
Drop in and pay-as-you-go, Frame offers flexibility and fun workouts, from sweat drenched cardio to mindful meditation. Doing the gym differently, Frame puts you through your paces with mini-trampolines and dance classes to Madonna songs. This studio in Fitzrovia - the largest site to date with five studios for Reformer Pilates, Boxtrain and yoga - brings the total number of Frames around town to six. Pip Black and Joan Murphy opened the first one in Shoreditch in 2009 and nine years later their Frame family has grown with funky Frame studios in Shoreditch, Queens Park, Kings Cross, Victoria and Hammersmith as well as Fitzrovia. The beauty here is you don't have to sign up to a year-long contract and the classes fun so you'll actually want to go. The varied timetable means you can find a class at a time that suits no matter what your working hours or schedule is like.
 
 
 
 

39 Steps

Opened January 2018

39 Steps Opened January 2018 It takes 39 steps for coffee to get from the bean on the bush to the cup in your hand and this small Soho coffee haus prides itself on being involved every step of the way. They even roast, grind and brew every cup. Head Roaster, Jens Rettig puts special emphasis on the quality of his coffee, buying his beans from independent local growers in India, Brazil, Mexico and El Salvador, all hand selected for him. At 39 Steps you can see the different brewing techniques - Pour Over, Syphon, Chemex and French Press - at the bar. There are coffee specials including hand brews, cold brews, nitro brews, coffee smoothies and coffee milkshakes alongside cold pressed juices made using good quality, in season fruit and vegetables. An all-day food menu has a daily bake selection and eggs-any-way (with various toppings), homemade soups, salads, sandwiches and freshly made cakes and desserts. 2018/01/15 Where:
39 Steps, 8 D'Arblay Street London, W1F 8DP
Category: Cafes and Delis

39 Steps, 8 D'Arblay Street, London, W1F 8DP

Tube: Oxford Circus Station, Tottenham Court Road Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco PhotographyQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von SternbergOwner and Sommelier Ed ThawTomos ParryCrispy aubergine soft cheese and coriander dressingChef Bryn Williams at Somerset House, photo: Steven JoyceTearoom stairsFeast Canteen, photo: Pasco Photography
It takes 39 steps for coffee to get from the bean on the bush to the cup in your hand and this small Soho coffee haus prides itself on being involved every step of the way. They even roast, grind and brew every cup. Head Roaster, Jens Rettig puts special emphasis on the quality of his coffee, buying his beans from independent local growers in India, Brazil, Mexico and El Salvador, all hand selected for him. At 39 Steps you can see the different brewing techniques - Pour Over, Syphon, Chemex and French Press - at the bar. There are coffee specials including hand brews, cold brews, nitro brews, coffee smoothies and coffee milkshakes alongside cold pressed juices made using good quality, in season fruit and vegetables. An all-day food menu has a daily bake selection and eggs-any-way (with various toppings), homemade soups, salads, sandwiches and freshly made cakes and desserts.
 
 
 

Kettner's Townhouse

Opened January 2018

Kettner's Townhouse Opened January 2018 Lovingly restored by Soho House, Kettner's reopened after a two year refurbishment in January 2018, combining a French restaurant, Champagne bar and a townhouse hotel. The original 18th century spiral staircase remains, leading up to 33 bedrooms. Each room has been individually designed in a 1920s French boudoir style. V intage chandeliers hang from the ceilings, rooms have antique sinks and vanities as well as original Georgian timber floorboards and fireplaces. Specially made furniture, green velvet scalloped headboards and deep button armchairs sit alongside hand-painted Georgian-inspired wallpaper and William Morris prints. Bathrooms have rainforest showers, some with freestanding bathtubs, and tiling inspired by French lace, come with Cowshed products. If you really want to stay in style, book the (£800 a night) Grade II-listed Jacobean Suite and you get large emperor bed, your own private entrance and a freestanding copper bath. 2018/01/15 Where:
Kettner's Townhouse, 29 Romilly Street London, W1D 5HP
Category: New Hotels

Kettner's Townhouse, 29 Romilly Street, London, W1D 5HP

Tube: Leicester Square Station, Tottenham Court Road Station, Piccadilly Circus Station, Covent Garden Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco PhotographyQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von SternbergOwner and Sommelier Ed ThawTomos ParryCrispy aubergine soft cheese and coriander dressingChef Bryn Williams at Somerset House, photo: Steven JoyceTearoom stairsFeast Canteen, photo: Pasco PhotographyKettner's Townhouse, Room, copyright: Soho House
Lovingly restored by Soho House, Kettner's reopened after a two year refurbishment in January 2018, combining a French restaurant, Champagne bar and a townhouse hotel. The original 18th century spiral staircase remains, leading up to 33 bedrooms. Each room has been individually designed in a 1920s French boudoir style. V intage chandeliers hang from the ceilings, rooms have antique sinks and vanities as well as original Georgian timber floorboards and fireplaces. Specially made furniture, green velvet scalloped headboards and deep button armchairs sit alongside hand-painted Georgian-inspired wallpaper and William Morris prints. Bathrooms have rainforest showers, some with freestanding bathtubs, and tiling inspired by French lace, come with Cowshed products. If you really want to stay in style, book the (£800 a night) Grade II-listed Jacobean Suite and you get large emperor bed, your own private entrance and a freestanding copper bath.
 
 
 

Claw Carnaby

Opened 12th January 2018

Claw Carnaby Opened 12th January 2018 It popped up at London markets and in a shipping container on Finsbury Avenue Square but Claw Carnaby is the first bricks and mortar site for the seafood specialist, adding meat and vegetarian options to the menu. When he first started back in 2015, founder Fabian Clark discovered that Britain exported approximately 80 per cent of its crab to the rest of Europe and Asia. In an attempt to change perceptions of fish as an expensive luxury, dishes on the reasonably priced menu at this 50-seat restaurant include bacon and scallop muffin, trout poke and pork stuffed squid, all made with quality seafood from the coast of Britain. The team has included some of their much-loved, cult dishes - the Claw Crab Roll, Bacon & Scallop Muffin, and Claw's signature Lobster Roll. It's not just about fish, meat lovers are also catered for with pork stuffed squid and fried chicken and caviar, washed down with coastal cocktails, craft beer and soft drinks. 2018/01/12 Where:
Claw Carnaby, 21 Kingly Street London, W1B 5QB
Category: Fish and Seafood

Claw Carnaby, 21 Kingly Street, London, W1B 5QB

Tube: Oxford Circus Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco PhotographyQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von SternbergOwner and Sommelier Ed ThawTomos ParryCrispy aubergine soft cheese and coriander dressingChef Bryn Williams at Somerset House, photo: Steven JoyceTearoom stairsFeast Canteen, photo: Pasco PhotographyKettner's Townhouse, Room, copyright: Soho House
It popped up at London markets and in a shipping container on Finsbury Avenue Square but Claw Carnaby is the first bricks and mortar site for the seafood specialist, adding meat and vegetarian options to the menu. When he first started back in 2015, founder Fabian Clark discovered that Britain exported approximately 80 per cent of its crab to the rest of Europe and Asia. In an attempt to change perceptions of fish as an expensive luxury, dishes on the reasonably priced menu at this 50-seat restaurant include bacon and scallop muffin, trout poke and pork stuffed squid, all made with quality seafood from the coast of Britain. The team has included some of their much-loved, cult dishes - the Claw Crab Roll, Bacon & Scallop Muffin, and Claw's signature Lobster Roll. It's not just about fish, meat lovers are also catered for with pork stuffed squid and fried chicken and caviar, washed down with coastal cocktails, craft beer and soft drinks.
 
 
 

Greyhound Cafe

Opened January 2018

Greyhound Cafe Opened January 2018 Set over two floors Greyhound Cafe is a Bangkok style restaurant where decor takes inspiration from Thai grocery stores with bric-a-brac shelves and an oversized Sai fish trap hanging overhead. The Thai-meets-West interior is typical of the post-70s era. Downstairs, the basement dining room brings the Bangkok street scene indoors with corrugated metal-sheeted walls, mock folding tables, brightly coloured chairs and Thai 'Temple Fare' pendant lights. Contemporary, electronic and rare Thai playlists set the tone for the lively venue where diners can choose from dishes like 'Salmon in Hot Pursuit', a small platter of thinly sliced sashimi-grade salmon, and 'Complicated Noodle', DIY taco-like wrap. 2018/01/05 Where:
Greyhound Cafe, 37 Berners Street London, W1T 3NB
Category: Thai Cuisine

Greyhound Cafe, 37 Berners Street, London, W1T 3NB

Tube: Goodge Street Station, Oxford Circus Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco PhotographyQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von SternbergOwner and Sommelier Ed ThawTomos ParryCrispy aubergine soft cheese and coriander dressingChef Bryn Williams at Somerset House, photo: Steven JoyceTearoom stairsFeast Canteen, photo: Pasco PhotographyKettner's Townhouse, Room, copyright: Soho House
Set over two floors Greyhound Cafe is a Bangkok style restaurant where decor takes inspiration from Thai grocery stores with bric-a-brac shelves and an oversized Sai fish trap hanging overhead. The Thai-meets-West interior is typical of the post-70s era. Downstairs, the basement dining room brings the Bangkok street scene indoors with corrugated metal-sheeted walls, mock folding tables, brightly coloured chairs and Thai 'Temple Fare' pendant lights. Contemporary, electronic and rare Thai playlists set the tone for the lively venue where diners can choose from dishes like 'Salmon in Hot Pursuit', a small platter of thinly sliced sashimi-grade salmon, and 'Complicated Noodle', DIY taco-like wrap.
 
 
 

Canary Wharf Crossrail Station

Opened 2nd January 2018

Canary Wharf Crossrail Station Opened 2nd January 2018 Canary Wharf Crossrail Station will be one of the largest Crossrail stations when trains start using the network in 2018 and the Canary Wharf site is the most progressed of Crossrail's 10 new stations. But three years before trains run through the station, the roof garden and first phase of the retail and leisure space will open in May 2015. Under a striking timber lattice roof designed by Foster + Partners sits the roof garden and a four storey, 115,000 square foot retail and leisure development including shops, bars, restaurants, and an Everyman Cinema. When Crossrail opens in 2018, the Canary Wharf Crossrail station is expected to be used by 25 million passengers every year who can take advantage of increased network capacity and reduced journey times across the city. 2018/1/2 Where:
Canary Wharf Crossrail Station, West India Quay London, E14 5AB
Category: Railway Stations

Canary Wharf Crossrail Station, West India Quay, London, E14 5AB

Tube: Canary Wharf Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco PhotographyQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von SternbergOwner and Sommelier Ed ThawTomos ParryCrispy aubergine soft cheese and coriander dressingChef Bryn Williams at Somerset House, photo: Steven JoyceTearoom stairsFeast Canteen, photo: Pasco PhotographyKettner's Townhouse, Room, copyright: Soho House
Canary Wharf Crossrail Station will be one of the largest Crossrail stations when trains start using the network in 2018 and the Canary Wharf site is the most progressed of Crossrail's 10 new stations. But three years before trains run through the station, the roof garden and first phase of the retail and leisure space will open in May 2015. Under a striking timber lattice roof designed by Foster + Partners sits the roof garden and a four storey, 115,000 square foot retail and leisure development including shops, bars, restaurants, and an Everyman Cinema. When Crossrail opens in 2018, the Canary Wharf Crossrail station is expected to be used by 25 million passengers every year who can take advantage of increased network capacity and reduced journey times across the city.
 
 
 
 

Estorick Collection of Modern Italian Art

Opened 1st January 2018

Estorick Collection of Modern Italian Art Opened 1st January 2018 You'll find a spectacular collection of paintings and sculpture by 20th century Italian artists at the Estorick Collection of Modern Italian Art, with a core of Futurist works by Balla, Boccioni, Carra, Russolo and Severini. The collection, housed here since 1994, also includes figurative art created between 1890 and 1950 by artists such as Modigliani, Marino Marini, Giorgio Morandi and Giorgio de Chirico. Eric Estorick (1913-93), American sociologist and writer, began collecting works of art when he came to live in England after World War II. He had a number of Hollywood clients including Lauren Bacall, Burt Lancaster and Billy Wilder and in 1960 founded the Grosvenor Gallery in London. This Georgian villa also hosts temporary exhibitions, educational events and runs an art library. There is a well stocked gallery shop, while the garden caf is a great place for alfresco lunches in the summer. 2018/01/1 Where:
Estorick Collection of Modern Italian Art, 39a Canonbury Square London, N1 2AN
Category: Art Galleries

Estorick Collection of Modern Italian Art, 39a Canonbury Square, London, N1 2AN

Tube: Highbury & Islington Station

 
 
Grays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenVIVI exteriorMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Manhattan Loft Gardens - by Manhattan Loft CorporationDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganOllie Dabbousphoto: Pasco PhotographyQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von SternbergOwner and Sommelier Ed ThawTomos ParryCrispy aubergine soft cheese and coriander dressingChef Bryn Williams at Somerset House, photo: Steven JoyceTearoom stairsFeast Canteen, photo: Pasco PhotographyKettner's Townhouse, Room, copyright: Soho House
You'll find a spectacular collection of paintings and sculpture by 20th century Italian artists at the Estorick Collection of Modern Italian Art, with a core of Futurist works by Balla, Boccioni, Carra, Russolo and Severini. The collection, housed here since 1994, also includes figurative art created between 1890 and 1950 by artists such as Modigliani, Marino Marini, Giorgio Morandi and Giorgio de Chirico. Eric Estorick (1913-93), American sociologist and writer, began collecting works of art when he came to live in England after World War II. He had a number of Hollywood clients including Lauren Bacall, Burt Lancaster and Billy Wilder and in 1960 founded the Grosvenor Gallery in London. This Georgian villa also hosts temporary exhibitions, educational events and runs an art library. There is a well stocked gallery shop, while the garden caf is a great place for alfresco lunches in the summer.
 
 
 

One Blackfriars, Marriott Autograph Collection

Opened 1st January 2018

One Blackfriars, Marriott Autograph Collection Opened 1st January 2018 Within a low-rise building at the base of the imposing 52-storey One Blackfriars tower, the Marriott Autograph Collection hotel stands at a comparatively small six storeys. The boutique-style 4 star hotel is run by US based Amerimar Enterprises - which already operates the St Ermin's Hotel at St James's Park. Like its towering, curvaceous neighbour - the shape of which was inspired by the 1952 Lansetti II vase by Timo Sarpaneva - 161-room hotel has been designed by Ian Simpson Architects, the architects behind much of Manchester's regeneration who are most famous for the Beetham Tower, the city's only skyscraper. Run by Amerimar under a franchise with Autograph Collection by Marriott, the South Bank hotel has three restaurant and bar offerings including a double height bistro restaurant as well as a lounge, conference facilities, gym, spa and to top it all off, a rooftop terrace. 2018/01/1 Where:
One Blackfriars, Marriott Autograph Collection, Blackfriars Road London, SE1 9UF
Category: New Hotels

One Blackfriars, Marriott Autograph Collection, Blackfriars Road, London, SE1 9UF

Tube: Blackfriars Underground Station, Southwark Station

 
 
Within a low-rise building at the base of the imposing 52-storey One Blackfriars tower, the Marriott Autograph Collection hotel stands at a comparatively small six storeys. The boutique-style 4 star hotel is run by US based Amerimar Enterprises - which already operates the St Ermin's Hotel at St James's Park. Like its towering, curvaceous neighbour - the shape of which was inspired by the 1952 Lansetti II vase by Timo Sarpaneva - 161-room hotel has been designed by Ian Simpson Architects, the architects behind much of Manchester's regeneration who are most famous for the Beetham Tower, the city's only skyscraper. Run by Amerimar under a franchise with Autograph Collection by Marriott, the South Bank hotel has three restaurant and bar offerings including a double height bistro restaurant as well as a lounge, conference facilities, gym, spa and to top it all off, a rooftop terrace.
 
 
 

Ooh-La-La!

Opened 1st January 2018

Ooh-La-La! Opened 1st January 2018 Second-hand 2018/01/01 Where:
Ooh-La-La!, 147 Holloway Road London, N7 8LX
Category:

Ooh-La-La!, 147 Holloway Road, , London, N7 8LX

Tube: Holloway Road Station, Highbury & Islington Station

 
 
Second-hand
 
 
 

IN THIS ARTICLE

 
 
 
Call now: hotel deals 0207 420 4960